Document:

Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2004

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

  
 ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC 
  
 ASG FINANCE, INC.

  
  
  
 111⁄2% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2011 
  
  
  

  
 Indenture 
  
 Dated as of October 19, 2004 
  

  
 Wells Fargo Bank, 
 National Association 
  
 as Trustee 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

					
	 Trust Indenture
 Act
Section

	 	 	  	Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	 	 	  	        7.10
	  (a)(2)
	 	 	  	        7.10
	  (a)(3)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (a)(4)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (a)(5)
	 	 	  	        7.10
	  (b)
	 	 	  	        7.10
	  (c)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	 311(a)
	 	 	  	        7.11
	  (b)
	 	 	  	        7.11
	  (c)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	 312(a)
	 	 	  	        2.06
	  (b)
	 	 	  	        13.03
	  (c)
	 	 	  	        13.03
	 313(a)
	 	 	  	        7.06
	  (b)(1)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (b)(2)
	 	 	  	        7.06, 7.07
	  (c)
	 	 	  	        7.06, 13.02
	  (d)
	 	 	  	        7.06
	 314(a)(4)
	 	 	  	        13.05
	  (b)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (c)
	 	 	  	        13.04
	  (d)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (e)
	 	 	  	        13.05
	  (f)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	 315(a)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (b)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (c)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (d)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (e)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (a)(1)(A)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (a)(1)(B)
	 	 	  	        6.04
	  (a)(2)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (b)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (c)
	 	 	  	        13.14
	 317(a)(1)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (a)(2)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (b)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	 318(a)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (b)
	 	 	  	        N.A.
	  (c)
	 	 	  	        13.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

  

 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
	  	i
			
	 	  	ARTICLE ONE	  	 
	 	  	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION	  	 
	 	  	BY REFERENCE	  	 
			
	 Section 1.01
	  	Definitions	  	1
	 Section 1.02
	  	Other Definitions	  	22
	 Section 1.03
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	23
	 Section 1.04
	  	Rules of Construction	  	24
			
	 	  	ARTICLE TWO	  	 
	 	  	THE NOTES	  	 
			
	 Section 2.01
	  	Form and Dating	  	25
	 Section 2.02
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	26
	 Section 2.03
	  	Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes	  	27
	 Section 2.04
	  	Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes	  	27
	 Section 2.05
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	27
	 Section 2.06
	  	Holder Lists	  	27
	 Section 2.07
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	28
	 Section 2.08
	  	Replacement Notes	  	40
	 Section 2.09
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	41
	 Section 2.10
	  	Treasury Notes	  	41
	 Section 2.11
	  	Temporary Notes	  	41
	 Section 2.12
	  	Cancellation	  	42
	 Section 2.13
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	42
	 Section 2.14
	  	CUSIP Numbers	  	42
			
	 	  	ARTICLE THREE	  	 
	 	  	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  	 
			
	 Section 3.01
	  	Notices to Trustee	  	43
	 Section 3.02
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	43
	 Section 3.03
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	43
	 Section 3.04
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	44
	 Section 3.05
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	44
	 Section 3.06
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	45
	 Section 3.07
	  	Optional Redemption	  	45
	 Section 3.08
	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	45
	 Section 3.09
	  	Repurchase Offers	  	46
	 Section 3.10
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	48

  

 ii 

					
	 	  	ARTICLE FOUR	  	 
	 	  	COVENANTS	  	 
			
	 Section 4.01
	  	Payment of Notes	  	48
	 Section 4.02
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	48
	 Section 4.03
	  	Reports	  	49
	 Section 4.04
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	49
	 Section 4.05
	  	Taxes	  	50
	 Section 4.06
	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	50
	 Section 4.07
	  	Restricted Payments	  	51
	 Section 4.08
	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	54
	 Section 4.09
	  	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	56
	 Section 4.10
	  	Asset Sales	  	60
	 Section 4.11
	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	61
	 Section 4.12
	  	Liens	  	63
	 Section 4.13
	  	Business Activities	  	64
	 Section 4.14
	  	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	64
	 Section 4.15
	  	Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control	  	64
	 Section 4.16
	  	Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Restricted Subsidiaries	  	65
	 Section 4.17
	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	65
	 Section 4.18
	  	Payments for Consent	  	66
	 Section 4.19
	  	Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness	  	66
	 Section 4.20
	  	[Intentionally omitted]	  	67
	 Section 4.21
	  	Restriction on Capital and Ownership Structure of ASG Finance	  	67
			
	 	  	ARTICLE FIVE	  	 
	 	  	SUCCESSORS	  	 
			
	 Section 5.01
	  	Merger Consolidation or Sale of Assets	  	67
			
	 	  	ARTICLE SIX	  	 
	 	  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 
			
	 Section 6.01
	  	Events of Default	  	69
	 Section 6.02
	  	Acceleration	  	70
	 Section 6.03
	  	Other Remedies	  	71
	 Section 6.04
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	71
	 Section 6.05
	  	Control by Majority	  	71
	 Section 6.06
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	72
	 Section 6.07
	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	72
	 Section 6.08
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	72
	 Section 6.09
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	73
	 Section 6.10
	  	Priorities	  	73
	 Section 6.11
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	74

  

 iii 

					
	 	  	ARTICLE SEVEN	  	 
	 	  	TRUSTEE	  	 
			
	 Section 7.01
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	74
	 Section 7.02
	  	Certain Rights of Trustee	  	75
	 Section 7.03
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	76
	 Section 7.04
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	76
	 Section 7.05
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	76
	 Section 7.06
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	76
	 Section 7.07
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	77
	 Section 7.08
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	77
	 Section 7.09
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc	  	78
	 Section 7.10
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	78
	 Section 7.11
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	79
			
	 	  	ARTICLE EIGHT	  	 
	 	  	DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  	 
			
	 Section 8.01
	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	79
	 Section 8.02
	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	79
	 Section 8.03
	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	80
	 Section 8.04
	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	80
	 Section 8.05
	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	82
	 Section 8.06
	  	Repayment to the Company	  	82
	 Section 8.07
	  	Reinstatement	  	83
			
	 	  	ARTICLE NINE	  	 
	 	  	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	 
			
	 Section 9.01
	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	83
	 Section 9.02
	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	84
	 Section 9.03
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	86
	 Section 9.04
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	86
	 Section 9.05
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	86
	 Section 9.06
	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.	  	86
			
	 	  	ARTICLE TEN	  	 
	 	  	[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]	  	 
			
	 	  	ARTICLE ELEVEN	  	 
	 	  	[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]	  	 

  

 iv 

					
	 	  	ARTICLE TWELVE	  	 
	 	  	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  	 
			
	 Section 12.01
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	87
	 Section 12.02
	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	88
	 Section 12.03
	  	Repayment to the Company	  	88
			
	 	  	ARTICLE THIRTEEN	  	 
	 	  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 
			
	 Section 13.01
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	88
	 Section 13.02
	  	Notices	  	89
	 Section 13.03
	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	90
	 Section 13.04
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	90
	 Section 13.05
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	90
	 Section 13.06
	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	91
	 Section 13.07
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	91
	 Section 13.08
	  	Governing Law	  	91
	 Section 13.09
	  	Consent to Jurisdiction	  	91
	 Section 13.10
	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	91
	 Section 13.11
	  	Successors	  	92
	 Section 13.12
	  	Severability	  	92
	 Section 13.13
	  	Counterpart Originals	  	92
	 Section 13.14
	  	Acts of Holders	  	92
	 Section 13.15
	  	Benefit of Indenture	  	93
	 Section 13.16
	  	Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.	  	93

  

 v 

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
		
	 Exhibit A1
	  	FORM OF NOTE
		
	 Exhibit A2
	  	FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE
		
	 Exhibit B
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
		
	 Exhibit C
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
		
	 Exhibit D
	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

  

 vi 

 INDENTURE dated as of October 19, 2004 among ASG Consolidated LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (“ASG Consolidated”), and ASG Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of ASG Consolidated (“ASG Finance”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking
association, as trustee. 
  
 ASG Consolidated, ASG Finance and the
Trustee (as defined below) agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the 11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011: 
  
 ARTICLE ONE 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 
  
 “144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes sold in reliance on
Rule 144A. 
  
 “Accreted Value” means, as of any
date (the “Specified Date”), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes: 
  
 (1) if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”), the Accreted Value
shall equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date: 
  

				
	 Semi-Annual Accrual Date

	  	Accreted Value

	 November 1, 2004
	  	$	639.38
	 May 1, 2005
	  	$	676.14
	 November 1, 2005
	  	$	715.02
	 May 1, 2006
	  	$	756.13
	 November 1, 2006
	  	$	799.61
	 May 1, 2007
	  	$	845.59
	 November 1, 2007
	  	$	894.21
	 May 1, 2008
	  	$	945.63
	 November 1, 2008
	  	$	1000.00

  
 (2) if
the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value shall equal the sum of (A) the original issue price of a Note and (B) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual
Date less such original issue price multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Closing Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of
days elapsed from the Issue Date to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; 

 (3) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted
Value shall equal the sum of (A) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (B) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date
less the Accreted Value for the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day
year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or 
  
 (4) if the Specified Date occurs after the last Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value shall equal $1,000. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: (i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person
is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified
Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
  
 “Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the Notes issued on the date hereof or Exchange Notes in respect thereof) issued under this
Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition,
“control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled
by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar. 
  
 “American Seafoods Group” means American Seafoods Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the direct wholly owned Subsidiary of
the Company, and its successor and assigns. 
  
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or
exchange. 
  
 “ASG Subordinated Notes” means
10 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010 issued by American Seafoods Group. 
  

 2 

 “ASG Subordinated Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated April 18, 2002 among
American Seafoods Group, American Seafoods, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association), governing the ASG Subordinated Notes. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means: (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition (including by way of merger, consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be governed by Sections 4.15 and/or 5.01 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and (2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity
Interests in any of its Subsidiaries (in each case, other than Capital Stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares or shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries required to be owned by foreign nationals under applicable
law). 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall
not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 
  
 (1) any
single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a fair market value of less than $1 million; 
  
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) the sale or lease of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (6) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof; 
  
 (7) the disposition of assets received in settlement of
obligations owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which obligations were incurred in the ordinary course of business; and 
  
 (8) the exchange of assets held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including without limitation by way of merger, consolidation
or sale and leaseback transaction) for assets held by any Person or entity (including Equity Interests of such Person or entity), provided that (i) the assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in any such exchange shall
immediately constitute a Permitted Investment in a Permitted Business or shall immediately constitute, be part of, or be used in a Permitted Business which is conducted in a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) any such assets are of a comparable fair market
value to the assets exchanged as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (which determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national 

 

 3 

 standing if the fair market value exceeds $10.0 million), and (iii) in the case of an exchange involving
a vessel, the assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary must represent a vessel which shall be substantially similar in all material respects to the vessel exchanged, including with respect to fishing and processing capability and
the ability under applicable regulatory requirements to fish. 
  
 “Assumed Tax Rate” means, with respect to any specified Person, for or in respect of any Tax Period of such person and any item of income, the greater of (x) the maximum combined United States federal, New York State and
New York City tax rate applicable during such Tax Period to such item of income if included in income by an individual resident of New York City, and (y) the maximum combined United States federal, New York State and New York City tax rate
applicable during such Tax Period to such item of income if included as New York source income by a corporation doing business in New York City; provided that with respect to clauses (x) and (y), the New York State tax rate shall be taken
into account only if such Person is treated as a partnership for New York State income tax purposes and the New York City tax rate shall be taken into account only if such Person is treated as a partnership for New York City income tax purposes. In
computing the Assumed Tax Rate, effect shall be given to the deductibility for federal income tax purposes of state and local income taxes. 
  
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the
obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.
Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent
condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means (i) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; (ii) with respect to a
partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and (iii) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
  
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Business Day”
means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 
  

 4 

 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made,
the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; (ii) in the case of an association or a business entity, any and
all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); (iv) any
other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person; and (v) any of the foregoing that is part of a linked security or unit upon the
original issuance thereof. 
  
 “Cash Equivalents”
means: (i) United States dollars; (ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is
pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’
acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Fitch Rating of “B” or better; (iv) repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above; (v)
securities issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any agency or instrumentality thereof maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition,
having a rating of at least AAA from Standard & Poor’s or at least Aaa from Moody’s; (vi) commercial paper having a rating of at least A-1 from Standard & Poor’s or at least P-1 from Moody’s and, in each case, maturing
within one year after the date of acquisition; and (vii) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (vi) of this definition. 
  
 “CDQ Group Investors” means any Person that enters into any
community development fishing rights quota agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of any Parent or the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any
“person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principals or their Related Parties; (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (iii) the consummation of
any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) (a) prior to a Public Equity Offering, the result of which is that the Principals and their Related Parties become the Beneficial Owner of less than 50% of the voting power
of all classes of Voting Stock of any Parent or the Company or, (b) after a Public Equity Offering, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals and
their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of 
  

 5 

 any Parent or the Company, as the case may be, and is or becomes, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of a
greater percentage of the voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of such Parent or Company, as the case may be, than the percentage beneficially owned by the Principals and their Related Parties; (iv) the first day on which a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors of any Parent or the Company are not Continuing Directors; (v) any Parent or the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into any Parent or
the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of such Parent or the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (A) the
Voting Stock of such Parent or the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the
outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance) and, (B) immediately after such transaction, (a) prior to a Public Equity Offering, the Principals and their Related
Parties become the Beneficial Owner of not less than 50% of the voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person or (b) after a Public Equity Offering, no “person” or “group” (as such terms are
used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of 35% or more of the voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of the surviving or
transferee Person and is or becomes, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of a greater percentage of the voting power of all classes of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person than the percentage beneficially owned by the
Principals and their Related Parties; or (vi) the Company ceases to legally and beneficially own directly or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of American Seafoods Group. 
  
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking,
société anonyme. 
  
 “Closing
Date” means October 19, 2004. 
  
 “Company” means ASG Consolidated LLC, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in September 2004 and its successors, and, prior to such date, means American Seafoods Group LLC and, in
each case, not any of their subsidiaries. 
  
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (i) provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (or distributions in lieu thereof in respect of allocable income), to the extent that such provision for taxes or such distributions were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
plus (ii) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether or not paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and
original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt,
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations described under clause (i) of
the definition thereof), to 
  

 6 

 the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (iii) depreciation,
amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it
represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus (iv) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than (i) the accrual of revenue
consistent with past practice and (ii) any item reversing or reducing any non-cash accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period, which accrual or reserve was previously deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, in each case, on
a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to
compute Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be paid as a dividend to such Person by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval
(that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or
its stockholders unless (i) such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distribution has been waived or (ii) such restriction is permitted under Section 4.08 hereof. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any
specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis; provided that (i) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is
accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof; (ii) the Net Income of any
Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted
without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to
that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders unless (x) such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distribution has been waived or (y) such restriction is permitted under Section 4.08 hereof; (iii) the Net Income of any
Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded; (iv) all financial advisory fees, accounting fees, legal fees, and the similar advisory and consulting fees, related
out-of-pocket expenses and printing expenses incurred in connection with the IDS Transaction, all as described in the Offering Memorandum and in an amount not to exceed $19.0 million, shall be excluded; (v) the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles shall be excluded; and (vi) if such Person is Flow-Through Entity, for purposes of the calculations under Section 4.07 hereof, the Net Income of such Person for such period shall be reduced by the amount of Permitted Tax
Distributions made or which may be made with respect to such period pursuant to the definition thereof. 
  

 7 

 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board
of Directors of the Company who: (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date; or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members
of such Board at the time of such nomination or election. 
  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
  
 “Credit Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, as in effect on the Closing Date, by and among American Seafoods Group, American Seafoods Consolidated LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Lead Arranger, and the other Lenders named
therein, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities
(including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of
receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, rearranged, replaced or refinanced in
whole or in part from time to time. 
  
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
  
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 

 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in
the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.07 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.04 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors
thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
  
 “Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration (as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Company, which determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or 
  

 8 

 investment banking firm of national standing if the fair market value exceeds $10.0 million) received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash
Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration. 
  
 “Disinterested Member of the Board of Directors” means, with respect to any proposed transaction between (i) the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable, and (ii) an Affiliate thereof (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, who would not be a party to, or have a
financial interest in, such transaction and is not an officer, director or employee of, and does not have a financial interest in, such Affiliate. For purposes of this definition, no person would be deemed not to be a Disinterested Member of the
Board of Directors solely because such person holds Equity Interests in the Company. 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder
thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is one year
after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock
upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless
such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. 
  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Equity Offering” means an offering of Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock or Capital Stock that by its terms has a preference in liquidation or as to dividends over any other Capital Stock) of the Company or (to the extent the net cash proceeds therefrom are contributed to the capital of the
Company) any Parent (other than (i) an offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company and (ii) an offering with aggregate net proceeds to
the Company or any Parent, as applicable, of less than $5.0 million). 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in accordance with Section 2.07(f) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

 9 

 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Existing Indebtedness”
means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the Closing Date (including, but not limited to, the ASG Subordinated Notes) until such
amounts are repaid. 
  
 “Fixed Charges” means,
with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation,
amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount (other than any amortization of debt issuance costs arising from the financing related to the Recapitalization, but only with respect to such amounts of debt issuance costs as are in
excess of $20.7 million), non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt,
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations described under clause (i) of
the definition thereof; plus (ii) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by
such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus (iv) (a) if such Person or Restricted Subsidiary
is a Flow-Through Entity, all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (x) dividends on Equity Interests
payable solely in Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) or to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person and (y) Permitted Tax Distributions and any payments reflecting capital account allocations pursuant to the
terms of the membership or partnership agreement relating to such Flow-Through Entity), or (b) if such Person or Restricted Subsidiary is not a Flow-Through Entity, the product of (I) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in
cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) or to such
Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person), times (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the actual combined highest marginal Federal, state and local tax rate (giving effect to the
deductibility for federal income tax purposes of state and local income taxes) then in effect applicable to such Person or Restricted Subsidiary, expressed as a decimal, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any
specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes,
Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on
which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the 
  

 10 

 “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to
such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter reference period. 
  
 In addition, for
purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 
  
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter
reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such
reference period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, but without giving effect to clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income; 
  
 (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued
operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded; and 
  
 (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses
disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges shall not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date.

  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting
principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which were in effect on April 18, 2002. 
  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under
this Indenture. 
  
 “Global Notes” means,
individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or A2 hereto, as appropriate, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.07(b)(iv),
2.07(d)(ii) or 2.07(f) of this Indenture. 
  
 “Government
Securities” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the
Company, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as a custodian with respect to any 
  

 11 

 such U.S. Government obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government obligation
held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt. However, except as required by law, such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any
amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government obligation evidenced by such depository receipt. 
  
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of
all or any part of any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions hereof and its respective successors and assigns. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified
Person, the obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements, and other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates; (ii) currency exchange swap agreements, currency exchange cap agreements, currency exchange collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency values; and (iii) fuel swap
agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in fuel prices. 
  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
  
 “IDS Transaction” means the proposed initial public offering in 2004 of income deposit securities by a
parent entity of American Seafoods Group. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of: (i) borrowed money; (ii) bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); (iii) bankers’ acceptances; (iv) representing Capital Lease Obligations; (v) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or (vi) representing any Hedging Obligations; if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of
the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the
specified Person), provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company
unless such fair market value exceeds $10.0 million, in which event the determination of the Board of Directors must be based upon the opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing) and (B)
the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons; and (y) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any indebtedness of any other Person. 
  

 12 

 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be: (i) the accreted value thereof, in
the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and (ii) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture and the exhibits hereto, as
amended or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Indirect
Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” means the purchasers listed on Schedule I of the Purchase Agreement dated October 14, 2004. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct
or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and
employees made consistent with past practices), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any
such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of
such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third
Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as
provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. 
  
 “Issue Date” means the date on which the initial $196.0 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes were originally issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Issuers” means, collectively, the Company and its wholly
owned corporate subsidiary and co-obligor on the Notes, ASG Finance, and their respective successors. 
  
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in The City of New York or at a place of payment are
authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest
shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  

 13 

 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company
and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of
such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
  
 “Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Management Investors” means any current or future
individuals who are or become executive officers or members of senior management of the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, Bernt Bodal, Michael Hyde, Jeffrey Davis, Brad Bodenman, Inge Andreassen, Amy Humphreys, John
Cummings and Matthew Latimer, in their capacities as individual investors of membership interests in American Seafoods Holdings LLC. 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services and any successor thereof. 
  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person,
the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: (i) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss,
realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (ii) any
extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss; (iii) the net unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses, together with any related provision for taxes on such gains or losses, as
reflected on the Statement of Cash Flows of such Person, to the extent they would otherwise be reflected in the Net Income of such Person in the absence of this clause (iii); (iv) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, together with any
related provision for taxes on such charge or expense, arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards (collectively, “Equity Based Awards”), except that Net Income shall reflect (a) any non-cash
compensation charge or expense arising in respect of an Equity Based Award that, by its terms, is intended to be settled or payable in cash, and (b) in respect of an Equity Based Award that, by its terms, is not intended to be settled or payable in
cash but is in fact so settled or paid, the full non-cash and cash compensation charge or expense arising from such Equity Based Award (including the aggregate net charge or expense previously excluded from the determination of Net Income pursuant
to this clause (iv)), which charge or expense shall be deemed included in full in the fiscal period of such Person in which such cash settlement or payment occurs; and (v) any non-cash charge, together with any related provision for taxes on such
charge, related to the write off of goodwill or intangibles as a result of impairment, in each case, as required by Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or Financial Accounting Standards Board
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144. Any reference herein to related provisions for taxes 
  

 14 

 includes, if such Person is a Flow-Through Entity, any Permitted Tax Distributions made or which may be made by such
Person to permit its direct and indirect members or partners to pay Federal, state and local income taxes arising as a result of the event described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v). 
  
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs
relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case,
after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements (or if the Company is a Flow-Through Entity, Permitted Tax Distributions made or which may be made by the Company with respect to income or gain
arising as a result of such Asset Sale), and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale
price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: (i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; (ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action
against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes and the ASG Senior Subordinated Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a
default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and (iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
  
 “Notes” means the 111⁄2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 of the Issuers issued on the date hereof and the Exchange Notes, Additional Notes (except for purposes of Section 4.09) and Exchange Notes in
respect of Additional Notes. The Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable
under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum dated October 14, 2004 related to the offering of the Notes. 
  
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of such Person, or any individual who performs an equivalent function and has the title Manager, in each case, of such
Person or of the entity that manages such Person. 
  

 15 

 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by at
least two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or of the entity that manages the Company, that meets the
requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. 
  
 “Opinion of
Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof; provided, however, that such legal counsel shall not be an employee of, or internal
counsel to, the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Parent” means any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, it being understood that ASC Inc. so long as it owns less than 50% interest in the Company, is not a Parent. 
  
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary,
Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and with respect to the Depository Trust Company, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
  
 “Permitted Business” means any business conducted or
proposed to be conducted (as described in the Offering Memorandum) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and other businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto. 
  
 “Permitted Investment” means (i) any Investment in the
Company or in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any Investment representing Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with clause 6(A) of Section 4.09; (ii) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; (iii) any
Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: (a) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or
amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (iv) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash
consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; (v) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or received as a
contribution to equity from a Parent; (vi) Hedging Obligations; (vii) any Investment received in compromise or settlement of obligations of any Person incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan or reorganization or
similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; (viii) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility, worker’s compensation, performance and other similar
deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business; (ix) loans and advances to directors, officers and employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed $1.0
million at any one time outstanding; (x) foreign currency received in the ordinary course of business (and related deposit accounts) or held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in connection with entering
into or fulfilling 
  

 16 

 Hedging Obligations; and deposits made or other cash collateral provided with respect to Hedging Obligations; (xi)
Investments in existence, or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence, on the Closing Date; (xii) Investments in any of the Notes, the Exchange Notes or the ASG Subordinated Notes; and (xiii) other Investments in any Person
or Persons having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (xiii) since
April 18, 2002, not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means: (i) Liens on the assets of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the Company’s guarantee of Indebtedness of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Credit Facilities with banks
or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, terms loans, receivable financing or letters of credit; (ii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with
the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of
such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of the second
paragraph of Section 4.09 covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness; (v) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0
million at any one time outstanding; (vi) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) incurred in the
ordinary course of business; and (vii) Liens existing on the Closing Date. 
  
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance,
renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably
determined premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith); (ii) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; (iii) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in
the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either (a) by the Company or (b) by the Restricted Subsidiary that is the obligor on the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 
  

 17 

 “Permitted Tax Distributions” means, for or in respect of any fiscal year or
other tax period (each a “Tax Period”) of the Company, a distribution to Parent (for distribution to the ultimate owners of Parent (the “Ultimate Owners”)) and the other members of the Company in an amount equal to
the product of (x) each amount included in the Taxable Income of American Seafoods Group for such Tax Period multiplied by (y) the Assumed Tax Rate with respect to each such amount. Permitted Tax Distributions shall be calculated and made in advance
of the dates on which estimated tax payments relating to the pertinent Tax Period are due, and shall be made without regard to the actual tax status of any Ultimate Owner or member of the Company. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
  
 “Principals” means Centre Partners Management LLC and any funds or other investment vehicles managed by Centre Partners Management LLC or
its affiliates, the Management Investors, Coastal Villages Pollock LLC, Central Bering Sea Fishermen’s Association, Bristol Bay Economic Development Corporation, all CDQ Group Investors, and U.S. Equity Partners II L.P. and affiliated funds of
Wasserstein & Co. 
  
 “Private Placement
Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Public Equity Offering” means an offer and sale of common
stock (other than Disqualified Stock, but including any share or unit of common stock that is part of any linked security or unit on original issuance thereof and only to the extent of such share or unit of common stock) of (i) the Company, (ii) a
Parent or (iii) any member of a Parent organized for the purpose of achieving, directly or indirectly, public ownership of a Parent, in each case pursuant to a registration statement that had been declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the
Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company). 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Recapitalization” has the meaning ascribed to such term in
the ASG Subordinated Notes Indenture. 
  
 “Registration
Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2004, by and among the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from
time to time. 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation
S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  

 18 

 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or a Regulation S
Permanent Global Note, as appropriate. 
  
 “Regulation S
Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or
its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 
  
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A2 hereto
bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Temporary Regulation S Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount at maturity of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
  
 “Related Party” means (i) with respect to any Principal other than an individual, any controlling stockholder, partner, member, or 80%
(or more) owned Subsidiary; (ii) with respect to any Principal other than an individual, any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more
controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i); or (iii) with respect to any Principal that is an individual, (x) any immediate family member, heir,
executor or legal representative of such individual or (y) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of
any one or more individuals who are Management Investors or members of their immediate families. 
  
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee
(or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing
the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global
Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
  

 19 

 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is
not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144”
means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means
the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article I, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as
such Regulation is in effect on the Closing Date; provided, however, that every reference to 10% in such definition shall be 5% for purposes of the Notes. 
  
 “Special Distribution” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the ASG Subordinated Notes
Indenture. 
  
 “Standard & Poor’s” means
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and any successor thereof. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the
Company which is by its terms expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: (i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that
Person (or a combination thereof); and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 
  

 20 

 “Taxable Income” means, with respect to American Seafoods Group for any Tax Period, the
taxable income of American Seafoods Group determined for Federal income tax purposes as if American Seafoods Group were an individual for Federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that such taxable income shall be reduced by the
aggregate amount of net losses from prior fiscal years of American Seafoods Group beginning on or after January 28, 2000 except to the extent that such net losses have already been taken into account in determining Taxable Income for any Tax Period.

  
 “Total Assets” means the total consolidated
assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company. 
  
 “Temporary Regulation S Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(h) hereof, which is required to be placed on the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 
  
 “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a
permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or
on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
pursuant to a board resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (i) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (ii) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not
Affiliates of the Company; (iii) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such
Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and (iv) has at least one director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  

Any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the 
  

 21 

 board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation
complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Sections 4.07 and 4.17 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of
such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such Section 4.09. 
  
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election
of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Weighted
Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund,
serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment;
by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
  
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than shares of Capital Stock
constituting directors’ qualifying shares or shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries required to be owned by foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term

	  	 Defined
 in
 Section

	 “Act”
	  	13.14
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.10
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “DTC”
	  	2.01
	 “Equity Based Awards”
	  	1.01

  

 22 

			
	 Term

	  	 Defined
 in
 Section

	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “Flow-Through Entity”
	  	4.07
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	4.12
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Note Guarantee”
	  	4.19
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.10
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.10
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.10
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04
	 “Related Judgment”
	  	13.09
	 “Related Proceedings”
	  	13.09
	 “Repurchase Offer”
	  	3.10
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Specified Courts”
	  	13.09
	 “Tax Period”
	  	1.01
	 “Trustee”
	  	12.02
	 “Ultimate Owners”
	  	1.01

  
 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes;

  
 “indenture security Holder”
means a Holder of a Note; 
  
 “indenture
to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes. 
  

 23 

 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another
statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  
 Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
plural include the singular; 
  
 (e) provisions
apply to successive events and transactions; and 
  
 (f) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
  

 24 

 ARTICLE TWO 
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 
  
 (a)
General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or A2 hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or
usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be (i) initially issued in registered, global form without interest coupons and (ii) only shall be in denominations of $1,000 principal amount at maturity and integral
multiples thereof. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the
Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or A2
attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 attached
hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and
each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount at maturity of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount at maturity of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time
to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount at maturity of outstanding Notes represented
thereby shall be made by the Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 hereof. 
  
 (c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in New York, New York, and registered in the name of the
Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be
terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of (i) a written certificate from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity
of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any Beneficial Owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall
take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.07(a)(ii) hereof), and 
  

 25 

 (ii) an Officers’ Certificate from the Company. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in Regulation S Permanent Global Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of Regulation S Permanent Global
Notes, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased
by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 
  
 (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the
Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream (and any successor provisions) shall be
applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

  
 Two Officers of each Issuer shall sign the Notes for each
Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
  
 If an Officer whose
signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been
authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The aggregate principal
amount at maturity of Notes (other than Notes issued in exchange, substitution or replacement, including Exchange Notes and Notes issued under Section 2.08) which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture shall be unlimited.

  
 The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuers signed
by two Officers of each Issuer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate an unlimited principal amount at maturity of Notes for original issue, of which $196.0 million principal amount at maturity will be issued on the date of this
Indenture, and Notes issued in exchange, substitution or replacement therefor, including Exchange Notes and Notes issued under Section 2.08. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever
the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 

 

 26 

 Section 2.03 Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes. 
  
 If a Holder of Notes has given wire transfer instructions to the Company,
the Issuers shall pay all Accreted Value, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent
and Registrar within the City and State of New York unless the Issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders. 
  
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent and Registrar for the
Notes. 
  
 The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency
where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the
Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any
additional paying agent. The Issuers may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the
Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The Issuers initially appoint DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the
Global Notes. 
  
 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act
as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 Section 2.05 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in
trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making
any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over
to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or one of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.06 Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the 
  

 27 

 Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request
in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
  
 Section 2.07 Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee
of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is
no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; (ii) the Company in its sole discretion
determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be
exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or (iii) there shall
have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct
the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to
this Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 or 2.11 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.07(a), however,
beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.07(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall
be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth
herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following
subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer
of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance
with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be
made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial 
  

 28 

 Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.07(b)(i). 
  
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial
Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.07(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written
order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to
the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from
a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or
exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided
that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any
certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.07(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.07(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied
upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of
beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount at maturity of the relevant Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.07(i)
hereof. 
  
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 
  
 (B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S
Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
  

 29 

 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a
Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this
subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has
not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal
to the aggregate principal amount at maturity of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
  

 30 

 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons
who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
  
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by
the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and opinion in
item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 3(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(i) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate
principal amount at maturity. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names 
  

 31 

 and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall
instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
  
 (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary
Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.07(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a
transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
  
 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is
not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such
transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive
Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (4) thereof; 
  

 32 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the
Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 2.07(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(i) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount at maturity. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall not bear
the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of
Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer
such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note
proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  

 33 

 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and opinion in
item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause
to be increased the aggregate principal amount at maturity of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S
Global Note, and in all other cases the 144A Global Note. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or
transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the
Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  

 34 

 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this
subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.07(d)(ii), the Trustee
shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon
receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount at maturity of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

  
 If any such exchange or transfer from a
Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order
in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to the principal amount at maturity of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.
Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.07(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or
exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney,
duly 
  

 35 

 authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and
information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.07(e). 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered
in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  
 (C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) any such
transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  

 36 

 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to
a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such
Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the
Holder thereof. 
  
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence
of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes in an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to the principal amount at maturity of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x)
they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to the principal amount at maturity of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall
cause the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive
Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount at maturity. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as
a single class of securities under this Indenture. 
  
 (g)
Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (i) Private Placement Legend. Except as permitted below, each Global
Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefore or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
  

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM 
  

 37 

 REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY
NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT: (A) SUCH
SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (i)(a) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO
AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER
CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUERS SO
REQUEST), (ii) TO THE ISSUERS OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND (B) THE HOLDER
SHALL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii),
(c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.07 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefore or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  

 38 

 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

  
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12
OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 (h) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

  
 THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL
NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED
TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON. 
  
 (i) Cancellation
and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part,
each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement
shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
increase. 
  

 39 

 (j) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of
transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon
exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
  
 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of
transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 (v) The Issuers shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02
hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to
register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
  
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in
whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by
notice to the contrary. 
  
 (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate
Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
  
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile
with the original to follow by first class mail. 
  
 Section 2.08 Replacement Notes. 
  
 (a) If any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the 
  

 40 

 Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if
the Trustee’s and the Company’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the
Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
  
 (b) Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.08 is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be
entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.09 Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation,
those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.10 hereof, a Note does not cease to be
outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
  
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

  
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or
an Affiliate of any of the foregoing) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue
interest. 
  
 Section 2.10 Treasury Notes.

  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal
amount at maturity of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be
considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

  
 Section 2.11 Temporary Notes.

  
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery,
the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have 
  

 41 

 
variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the
Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
  
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 2.12 Cancellation. 
  
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to
the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall
dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its procedures for the disposition of canceled securities in effect as of the date of such disposition (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposition
of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. Subject to Section 2.07(f) and Section 2.08 hereof the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

  
 Section 2.13 Defaulted Interest.

  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the
Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the
Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special
record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the
written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

  
 Section 2.14 CUSIP Numbers.

  
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP”
numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness
of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect
in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 
  

 42 

 ARTICLE THREE 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an
Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount at maturity of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

  
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be
Redeemed. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be
redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption as follows: (i) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or (ii) if the Notes are
not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. 
  
 No Notes of $1,000 principal amount at maturity or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30
but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional. 
  
 If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of
the principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes
called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, Notes or portions thereof called for redemption shall cease to accrete or accrue
interest, as the case may be. 
  
 Section 3.03
Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of
Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered
address. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed
and shall state: 
  
 (a) the redemption date;

  
 (b) the redemption price; 
  
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of
the principal amount at maturity of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be
issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  

 43 

 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to
the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price and become due on the date fixed for redemption; 
  
 (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, and Liquidated Damages, if any, on Notes called for
redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in
such notice or printed on the Notes. 
  
 At the Company’s
request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers
Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice, if mailed in the manner provided herein shall be presumed to have been given,
whether or not the Holder receives such notice. 
  
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

  
 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption
Price. 
  
 One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the
Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall
promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on
and after the redemption date, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, shall cease to accrete or accrue, as the case may be, on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but
on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so
paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any shall be paid on 
  

 44 

 the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part. 
  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company
a new Note equal in principal amount at maturity to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. No Notes in denominations of $1,000 principal amount at maturity or less shall be redeemed in part. 
  
 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) Except as set forth in clause (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, the
Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to November 1, 2008. On or after November 1, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice,
at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount at maturity) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2008
	  	105.750	%
	 2009
	  	102.875	%
	 2010 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) The Company may
not redeem the Notes prior to March 10, 2005. At any time thereafter and prior to November 1, 2007, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 111.50%
of the Accreted Value at the redemption date, plus accrued and unpaid Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal
amount at maturity of the Notes issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption, (excluding Notes held by either of the Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries); and (B) the redemption must occur
within 45 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
  
 (c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 
  
 The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

 45 

 Section 3.09 Repurchase Offers. 
  
 In the event that, pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, the Company
shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase their respective Notes (a “Repurchase Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 The Repurchase Offer shall remain open for a period of up to 30 Business Days following its commencement, except to the
extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the
principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Repurchase Offer. Payment
for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the
close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer. 
  
 Upon the commencement of a Repurchase Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to
the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer. The Repurchase Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of
the Repurchase Offer, shall state: 
  
 (a) that
the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 hereof, and the length of time the Repurchase Offer shall remain open; 
  
 (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
  
 (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall
continue to accrete or accrue interest and Liquidated Damages, if any; 
  
 (d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note (or portion thereof) accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, on the Purchase Date; 
  
 (e) that Holders
electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount at maturity only; 
  
 (f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer shall be required to
surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the
address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
  

 46 

 (g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount at maturity of the Note
the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (h) that, if the aggregate amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be
purchased pursuant to the terms of Section 3.02 hereof (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 principal amount at maturity, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased);
and 
  
 (i) that Holders whose Notes were
purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount at maturity to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
  
 On the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes (or portions thereof) tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that
such Notes (or portions thereof) were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five
days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of Notes tendered by such Holder, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company, shall promptly issue a new
Note. The Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount at maturity equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall
be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the respective Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Repurchase Offer on the Purchase Date. 
  
 The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Repurchase Offer. To the extent that the provision of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of this Section 3.09, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.09, by virtue of such conflict. 
  
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  

 47 

 Section 3.10 Application of Trust Money. 
  
 All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.02 shall be held
in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

 
 ARTICLE FOUR 
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Accreted Value, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on
the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all
Accreted Value, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Issuers shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the
Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to
maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or
agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the
Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or 
  

 48 

 agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice
to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04 of this
Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.03 Reports.

  
 (a) Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes
are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 
  
 (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K
if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial
statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 
  
 (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
  
 In addition, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports
referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such public information available to
securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 (b) If the Company designates any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed
presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of
operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
  
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 
  
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating
that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, 
  

 49 

 observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer
signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the
terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes
to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has
occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or the internal policies of the
Company’s independent public accountants which policies shall be approved and otherwise recognized and enforced on a nationwide basis, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a
written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) in a form satisfactory to such independent public accountants to the effect that in making the examination necessary for
certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article Four or Article Five hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying
the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
  
 (c) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver
to the Trustee, forthwith, but in no event later than three Business Days, upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 Section 4.05 Taxes. 
  
 The Company shall pay,
and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, any material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is
not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
  
 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any
stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  

 50 

 Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (1)
declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or
distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
  
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company, any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary); 
  
 (3) make any voluntary payment on or with respect to, or any
voluntary purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of, any Subordinated Indebtedness; or 
  
 (4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively
referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
  
 unless, at the time of
and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
  
 (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and 
  
 (2) (A) with respect to a Restricted Payment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than American Seafoods Group
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof (it being understood that for purposes of calculating the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio for this purpose only, any of the Company’s noncash interest expense and amortization of original issue discount shall be excluded) or (B) with respect to a Restricted Payment by American Seafoods Group or any Restricted
Subsidiary of American Seafoods Group, American Seafoods Group would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (ii) of the first paragraph of section 4.09 hereof; and 
  

 51 

 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after April 18, 2002 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without
duplication, of: 
  
 (a) 50% of the Consolidated
Net Income of the Company (it being understood that, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Net Income pursuant to this clause 3(a) only, any of the Company’s noncash interest expense and amortization of original issue discount shall be
excluded) for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2002 (which is the first date of the fiscal quarter immediately following the date of the ASG Subordinated Notes Indenture) to the end of the Company’s most recently ended
fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus 
  
 (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the
Company since April 18, 2002 (which is the date of the ASG Subordinated Notes Indenture) as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or
sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than, in each case in this clause (b), Equity Interests
(or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 
  
 (c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment (including any such Restricted Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that was made
after April 18, 2002 is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (net of the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such
Restricted Investment, but only if and to the extent such amounts are not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income. 
  
 So long as (with respect to clauses (4), (5), (6), (8), (10), (11) and (12) below) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby,
the preceding provisions shall not prohibit: 
  
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  

 52 

 (2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any
Subordinated Indebtedness or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;

  
 (3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or
other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (4) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata
basis; 
  
 (5) the repurchase, redemption or
other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any member of the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) management pursuant to
any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of the Closing Date or dividends or distributions to effect such transactions; provided that the aggregate price paid, dividended or distributed for all such
repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $1.0 million in any twelve-month period; 
  
 (6) payment of dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent or member in amounts required for such person to pay franchise
taxes and other fees required to maintain its existence and provide for all other actual out-of-pocket operating costs of such person, including, without limitation, in respect of director fees and expenses, administrative, legal and accounting
services provided by third parties and costs and expenses with respect to filings with the SEC, of up to $500,000 per fiscal year; 
  
 (7) the payment of dividends or distributions by the Company to the Company’s members (x) for so long as the Company is treated as a
partnership or disregarded entity for Federal income tax purposes (a “Flow-Through Entity”), in an amount equal to the Permitted Tax Distributions and (y) for so long as the Company is not a Flow-Through Entity but is included in a
consolidated or combined income tax group with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, in an amount equal to the Federal, state and local income tax obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as if the Company and its Subsidiaries filed separate
income tax returns on a separate company basis; provided that, with respect to clause (y) of this clause (7), (a) the amount of dividends and distributions paid to enable the Parent to pay Federal, state and local income taxes at any time
shall not exceed the amount of such Federal, state and local income taxes actually owing by the Parent at such time for the respective period and (b) any refunds received by the Parent attributable to the tax obligations of the Company and its
Subsidiaries shall promptly be returned by the Parent to the Company; 
  
 (8) (a) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the cashless exercise of stock options and warrants; and (b) cash paid in lieu of fractional Equity Interests (or dividends or distributions for such purpose)
in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000; 
  

 53 

 (9) the payment of the Special Distribution by the American Seafoods Group to its members
on April 18, 2002; 
  
 (10) the declaration and
payment of dividends to the Parent or members of the Company in an amount not to exceed the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Notes on the Closing Date; 
  
 (11) the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or American Seafoods Group issued or incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that the dividends and distributions on such Disqualified Stock are included in the determination of the Fixed Charges
used in computing compliance with such covenant; and 
  
 (12) other Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 4.07 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million. 
  
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities
proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section shall be
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or
investment banking firm of national standing if the fair market value exceeds $10.0 million. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its
Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

  
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (3)
transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  

 54 

 However, the preceding restrictions above shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under
or by reason of: 
  
 (1) agreements and
instruments relating to Existing Indebtedness or the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof,
provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in such agreements and instruments, as in
effect on the Closing Date; 
  
 (2) this
Indenture and the Notes; 
  
 (3) applicable law;

  
 (4) any agreement or instrument governing
Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged with or consolidated into any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except
to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred; 
  
 (5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases or license agreements entered into in the ordinary course
of business; 
  
 (6) purchase money obligations
for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.08; 
  
 (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a
Restricted Subsidiary, or all or substantially all of the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary, that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 
  
 (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that
the restrictions contained in the agreements or instruments governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements or instruments governing the Indebtedness being
refinanced; 
  
 (9) Permitted Liens securing
Indebtedness of the Company or Liens securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject
thereto; 
  
 (10) restrictions on cash or other
deposits imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 55 

 (11) customary supermajority voting provisions and customary provisions with respect to
the disposition or distribution of assets or property, in each case contained in joint venture agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (12) restrictions on the transfer of property or assets required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses; and 
  
 (13) other Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be incurred pursuant to an agreement entered into subsequent to the Closing Date in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof provided that either (A) the
provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Company, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith than the provisions contained in the
Credit Agreement or in the ASG Subordinated Notes Indenture, in each case, as in effect on the Closing Date or (B) any encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness does not prohibit (except upon a default or event of default thereunder)
the payment of dividends in an amount sufficient, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest on the Notes when due. 
  
 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt), and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock, and the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that (i) the Company may
incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and may issue shares of Disqualified Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred, or such Disqualified Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1 and (ii) American Seafoods Group and any Restricted Subsidiary of American
Seafoods may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for American Seafoods Group’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding
the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.0 to 1, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been
incurred or Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
  
 The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted
Debt”): 
  
 (1) the incurrence by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the 
  

 56 

 maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $450
million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to repay any Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit
Facility, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (2) the incurrence by the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 
  
 (3) the incurrence by the Issuers of Indebtedness
represented by the Notes to be issued on the Closing Date and the Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $25.0 million at any time
outstanding; 
  
 (5) the incurrence by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted to be
incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clause (2), (3), (4), (5), (14), (15) or (16) of this paragraph; 
  
 (6) (A) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
  
 (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes; and 
  
 (b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof, 
  
 shall be deemed, in each case, to
constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 
  

 57 

 (B) the issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock by any Restricted Subsidiary to
the Company or to any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being held by a Person other
than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock to a Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, shall be deemed, in each
case, to constitute an incurrence of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 
  
 (7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations entered into for bona fide hedging purposes in the ordinary course of business, and not for speculative purposes; 
  
 (8) the guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was
permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; 
  
 (9) the accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms shall not be deemed to
be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company or American Seafoods Group, as the case may be, as accrued (other than as
expressly permitted to be excluded by the terms of this Indenture); 
  
 (10) the incurrence by the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary,
such event shall be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was not permitted by this clause (10); 
  
 (11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with
respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance or similar requirements; provided, however, that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such
obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing; 
  
 (12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations in respect of performance, appeal and surety bonds, completion guarantees, insurance bonds and other similar bonds provided by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price
or similar obligations, in 
  

 58 

 each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that: 
  
 (a) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote or footnotes to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet shall not be deemed to be reflected on that balance sheet for purpose
of this clause (a)); and 
  
 (b) the maximum
assumable liability in respect of that Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of those noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any
subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and/or that Restricted Subsidiary in connection with that disposition; 
  
 (14) the incurrence by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than American Seafoods Group and its Restricted Subsidiaries, of
Acquired Debt; provided that, after giving effect to such Acquired Debt and the related acquisition or merger transaction as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would be permitted to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09; 
  
 (15) the incurrence by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness; provided that, after
giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09; and provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
clause (15), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (15), shall not exceed $40.0 million at any time outstanding; and 
  
 (16) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16), not to exceed $20.0 million
at any time outstanding. 
  
 For purposes of determining
compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that any proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (16) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first
paragraph of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. 
  

 59 

 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
  
 (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued, sold or otherwise disposed of;

  
 (2) such fair market value is determined by
the Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
  
 (3) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in
the form of cash. For purposes of this clause (3) of Section 4.10, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
  
 (c) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary written novation agreement that releases the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; 
  
 (d) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously (subject to ordinary settlement periods) converted by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion); and 
  
 (e) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having a fair
market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 7.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash
Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 
  
 Within 365 days of the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds at its
option: (i) to permanently reduce Obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement and other secured Indebtedness of the Company (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) or Indebtedness of the Company that ranks pari
passu with the Notes (provided that, if the Company shall so reduce Obligations under such pari passu Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the Company that is also an Obligation of a Restricted Subsidiary), it shall offer to
equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the 
  

 60 

 Accreted Value thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, the pro rata Accreted Value of Notes), or Indebtedness of a
Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided that, if an offer to purchase any Indebtedness of American Seafoods Group or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is made
in accordance with the terms of such Indebtedness, the obligation to permanently reduce Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the offer, whether or not accepted by the holders thereof,
and no Excess Proceeds in the amount of such offer shall be deemed to exist following such offer; (ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of a Permitted Business, or a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person engaged in a Permitted
Business that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) to make an investment or a capital expenditure in or that is used or useful in a Permitted Business; or (iv) to acquire other assets, other than current assets, in or that are used or useful in a
Permitted Business. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
  
 Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as
provided in the preceding paragraph shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to purchase (“Asset Sale Offer”) to all
Holders of Notes and all holders of pari passu Indebtedness of the Company containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum
principal amount at maturity of Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of the Accreted Value of the Notes purchased plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not
otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate Accreted Value of the Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such
pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the Accreted Value of the Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at
zero. 
  
 The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
  
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or
assets from, or enter into or make or amend any 
  

 61 

 transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate
(each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
  
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
  
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and 
  
 (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an
accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 
  
 The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph: 
  
 (1) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (2) payment of directors’ fees and cash compensation,
and the provision of customary indemnification, in each case consistent with the Company’s past practice, to directors, officers, employees and managers of any Parent or member of the Company or of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
in each case for services rendered to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07 of this Indenture; 
  
 (4) any agreement as in effect or entered into as of the
Closing Date and described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” of the Offering Memorandum or any amendment thereto so long as any such amendment is not more disadvantageous to the Company or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary or the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date; 
  
 (5) the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses to the Principals or their Related Parties and their respective Affiliates for monitoring
and consulting services rendered by them to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $200,000 in any fiscal year; 
  

 62 

 (6) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (directly or through
any Parent or member) to the Principals or their Related Parties and their respective Affiliates of fees and out-of-pocket expenses for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking
activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by the majority of the Disinterested Members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith and are in an amount not to
exceed 2.0% of the aggregate transaction value (or portion thereof) in respect of which such services are rendered, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses; 
  
 (7) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
  
 (8) loans to Coastal Villages Pollock LLC, Central Bering
Sea Fishermen’s Association and any other Person that enters into any community development fishing rights quota agreement with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that such loans are approved in good faith by a majority
of the Disinterested Members of the Board of Directors of the Company and the principal amount of such loans at any time outstanding does not exceed $1,000,000; 
  
 (9) transactions with a joint venture engaged in a Permitted Business; provided that all the outstanding
ownership interests of such joint venture are owned only by the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
  
 (10) payments or loans to officers, directors, employees and managers of any Parent or member of the Company or of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary for travel, entertainment, moving and other relocation expenses, in each case relating to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the policy of
the Company, which policy is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; 
  
 (11) issuance of Capital Stock of the Company in connection with employment incentive plans, employee stock plans, employee stock option
plans and similar plans or arrangements approved by a majority of Disinterested Members of the Board of Directors of the Company and in accordance with the Company’s past practice; and 
  
 (12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or
purchasers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business which are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the determination of the Board of Directors of the Company including a majority of Disinterested Members
of the Board of Directors. 
  
 Section 4.12
Liens. 
  
 The Company shall not create, incur, assume or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness of the Company (other than Permitted Liens) upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any income or profits
therefrom, now owned or hereafter acquired (the “Initial  
  

 63 

 Lien”), unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or,
in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, prior or senior thereto with the same relative priority as the Notes shall have with respect to such Subordinated Indebtedness) the Obligations so secured. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lien securing
the Notes granted pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (a) the release by the holders of the Indebtedness described above of the Initial Lien on the property or assets of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any sale or transfer to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all
or substantially all the assets of, the Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien (so long as no Lien attaches to any assets received in consideration for such sale or transfer). 
  
 Section 4.13 Business Activities. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted
Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  
 Section 4.14 [Intentionally Omitted]. 
  
 Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control. 
  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to
repurchase all or any part (equal to a principal amount at maturity of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price in
cash equal to 101% of the Accreted Value of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any
Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that
all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment and (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 45 days and no later than 75 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment
Date”), and containing the other provisions required by Section 3.09. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to such
Change of Control Offer, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
  
 (b) By 12:00 p.m. (noon) Eastern Time on the Change of Control Payment Date,
the Company shall, to the extent lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of
all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted 
  

 64 

 together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes or portions
thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book
entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount at maturity to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and all other provisions of this Indenture applicable to
a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
  
 Section 4.16 Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to convey, sell, or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless: 
  
 (1) such conveyance, sale, or other disposition is of all
the Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary and such conveyance, sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom; or 
  
 (2) if, immediately after giving effect to such conveyance, sale or other disposition, such Restricted
Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, (i) such conveyance, sale or other disposition is in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom, and (ii) any remaining Investment in
such Person would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.07 hereof (other than as a Permitted Investment) if made on the date of such conveyance, sale, or other disposition. 
  
 In addition, the Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its Equity Interests
(other than, if necessary, shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares or shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries required to be owned by foreign nationals under applicable law) to any Person other
than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 
  
 Section 4.17 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default;
provided that in no event shall (1) either American Seafoods Group or ASG Finance be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (2) the business currently operated by American Seafoods Group be transferred 
  

 65 

 to or held by an Unrestricted Subsidiary. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the
aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be a Restricted Investment made as of the time of such designation and that
designation shall only be permitted if such Investment would be permitted at that time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate
any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no
Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
  
 Section 4.18 Payments for Consent. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement
to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set
forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
  
 Section 4.19 Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness. 
  
 At any time upon the incurrence of the Guarantee of any Indebtedness of the
Company by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than any such Guarantee of Indebtedness arising under the Credit Facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, terms loans, receivable financing
or letters of credit), the Company shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to fully and unconditionally guarantee the Notes (a “Note Guarantee”) and to execute a supplement to this Indenture or such other documentation, satisfactory
in form and substance to the Trustee, setting forth such Note Guarantee (and with any other documentation relating thereto as the Trustee shall require, including, without limitation, opinions of counsel as to enforceability of such Note Guarantee);
provided, however, that if such Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary is provided in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness, the Guarantee or other instrument provided by such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Subordinated
Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Note Guarantee to the same extent such Subordinated Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes. 
  
 A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such
Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 
  
 (1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  

 66 

 (2) either: 
  
 (a) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger is a corporation or limited liability company, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this
Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or 
  
 (b) such sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10 hereof, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom. 

 
 The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released: 
  
 (1) in connection with any sale of Capital Stock of a
Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) an affiliate of the Company in compliance with either clause (1) or clause (2) of the first paragraph of Section 4.16 hereof; 
  
 (2) if the Company properly designates any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or 
  
 (3) upon legal defeasance of the Company’s and all Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the Note Guarantees or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, in each case, in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.20
[Intentionally omitted]. 
  
 Section 4.21
Restriction on Capital and Ownership Structure of ASG Finance. 
  
 ASG Finance shall not, and the Company shall not permit ASG Finance to (a) alter, amend or otherwise change its capital and ownership structure (including that 100% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock in ASG Finance
entitled to vote in the election of directors shall at all times be directly owned and controlled by the Company), (b) issue, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Interests to any Person, (c) make any Investment in
any Person or (d) conduct any business other than acting as co-obligor on the Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE FIVE 
 SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 5.01 Merger Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 
  
 The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with
or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in
one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless: 
  

 67 

 (1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation or limited liability company; or
(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation or limited liability company, in
the case of each of (a) and (b) above, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that, if the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or
merger, or the transferee of such properties or assets, is a limited liability company, then there shall be a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person which shall be a corporation organized in the jurisdictions permitted by this clause (1) and a
co-obligor of the Notes; 
  
 (2) the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the
Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
  
 (3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related
financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of
the first paragraph of Section 4.09. 
  
 In the event of any
transactions (other than a lease) described in and complying with this Section 5.01 in which the Company is not the surviving Person, such surviving Person or transferee shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise any right and power
of, the Company, and the Company shall be discharged from its obligations, under this Indenture and the Notes, with the same effect as if such successor Person has been named as the Company herein. 
  
 In addition, neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary may, directly
or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person except that a Restricted Subsidiary (other than American Seafoods Group) may lease all or substantially all its
properties or assets in compliance with Section 4.10. This Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.

  

 68 

 ARTICLE SIX 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  
 Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
  
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
  
 (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes; 
  
 (2) default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; 
  
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to comply with Sections 4.10, 4.15 and 5.01 hereof; 
  
 (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture; 
  
 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there
may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee
now exists, or is created after the Closing Date, if that default: 
  
 (a) is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at final maturity of such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a
“Payment Default”); or 
  
 (b)
results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity 
  
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so
accelerated, aggregates $5,000,000 or more; 
  
 (6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $5,000,000, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; 
  
 (7) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note
Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations
under its Note Guarantee; 
  
 (8) the Company or
any of its Significant Subsidiaries, pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (i) commences a voluntary case; or 
  

 69 

 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; or

  
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a
custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or 
  
 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 
  
 (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and 
  
 (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

 
 (i) is for relief against the Company or any of its
Significant Subsidiaries, in an involuntary case; or 
  
 (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its
Significant Subsidiaries; 
  
 and the order or
decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
  
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
  
 If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company specifying the respective Event of Default. Upon any such declaration, all unpaid Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately. If any Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, then unpaid Accreted Value of, and premium,
if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

  
 If any Event of Default occurs by reason of any willful action
or inaction taken or not taken by the Company or on its behalf with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if it then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, then, upon
acceleration of the Notes, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by law. If an Event of Default occurs during any time that the Notes are outstanding, by reason of any willful action or
inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of 
  

 70 

 avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes, then, the premium specified in this Indenture shall also become
immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. 
  
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any,
interest, and Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the
extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 6.04
Waiver of Past Defaults. 
  
 Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in
principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and
rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the
TIA. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or
impair any right consequent thereon. 
  
 Section
6.05 Control by Majority. 
  
 Holders of a majority in
principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any) if it determines that withholding notice is
in their interest. 
  

 71 

 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 
  
 A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture, or the Notes or
the Note Guarantees only if: 
  
 (a) the Holder
gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security and
indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in connection with the request or direction; 
  
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of and, if requested, the
provision of indemnity; and 
  
 (e) during such
60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
  
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference
or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
  
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on, and Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Note, on or
after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the
consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 6.08
Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, interest, and
Liquidated Damages, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent lawful, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs
and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  

 72 

 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes
allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or
property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07
hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding,
shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 Section 6.10 Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out
the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to
the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on
the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest, and Liquidated
Damages, if any, respectively; and 
  
 Third: to
the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  

 73 

 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture
or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion
may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to
a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than ten percent (10%) in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE SEVEN 
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only
those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the
statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to
determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph
(b) of this Section 7.01; 
  
 (ii) the Trustee
shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  

 74 

 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a),
(b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
  
 (e) No provision of this
Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder
shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, costs, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in connection with the request or direction. 
  
 (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other
funds or assets except to the extent required by law. 
  
 Section 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee. 
  
 (a)
The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the
document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting,
it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its
attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) Unless
otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such
request or direction. 
  

 75 

 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such event is sent to the Trustee in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof, and such notice references the Notes. 
  
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may
become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may become a creditor of, or otherwise deal with, the Company or any of its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any
conflicting interest as described in the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to
Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 7.04
Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction
under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in
the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a notice
of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice
if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Within 60 days after May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date hereof, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the
reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes
shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any securities exchange or
of any delisting thereof. 
  

 76 

 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder in accordance with a written schedule provided by the Trustee to the Company. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  
 The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture,
including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by either of the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any
claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may
have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  
 The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 To secure the
Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien
shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel)
are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
  
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
  
 The Trustee may
resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount at 
  

 77 

 maturity of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The
Company may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (a) the
Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
  
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of
Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor
Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding
Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring
Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the
United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at
least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
  

 78 

 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2)
and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
  
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
  
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated
therein. The Trustee hereby waives any right to set-off any claim that it may have against the Company in any capacity (other than as Trustee and Paying Agent) against any of the assets of the Company held by the Trustee; provided,
however, that if the Trustee is or becomes a lender of any other Indebtedness permitted hereunder to be pari passu with the Notes, then such waiver shall not apply to the extent of such Indebtedness. 
  
 ARTICLE EIGHT 
 DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The Issuers may, at the option of the Board of Directors evidenced by a
resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Eight. 
  
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of
the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and all
obligations of any Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged with respect to their obligations under any Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this
purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and any Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and any Note Guarantees, respectively, which shall thereafter be deemed to
be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee,
on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
  
 (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive
payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below; 
  

 79 

 (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and
Section 4.02 hereof; 
  
 (c) the rights, powers,
trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and each of any such Guarantor’s obligations in connection herewith; and 
  
 (d) this Article Eight. 
  
 Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its
option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
  
 Section
8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Upon the Company’s
exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and any Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the
covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.21 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection
with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means
that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company and any Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason
of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through (6) shall not constitute Events of Default. 
  
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

  
 (a) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with
the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants, to pay the Accreted Value of, and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must
specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
  

 80 

 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuers shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) since the Closing Date, there has
been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon, such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income
tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof,
the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
is continuing either (i) on the date of such deposit or (ii) insofar as Sections 6.01(8) and (9) hereof are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 
  
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material
agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are bound; 
  
 (f) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the
Company or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no
Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day following the
deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; 
  
 (g) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not
made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and 
  
 (h) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
  

 81 

 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof,
all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04
hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company
acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 The Company
shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect
thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the
Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 (a) hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered
to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Section 8.06 Repayment to the Company. 
  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any,
has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability
of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make
any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall
not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company. 
  

 82 

 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars
or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application,
then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all
such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations,
the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE NINE 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER 
  
 Section 9.01 Without
Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02
of this Indenture, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 
  
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
  
 (c) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s, ASG
Finance’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s, ASG Finance’s or such Guarantor’s assets; 
  
 (d) to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of a Note (including but not limited to adding a Guarantor under this Indenture and adding additional collateral for the
benefit of Holders of the Notes); 
  
 (e) to
comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; or 
  
 (f) to release any Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of
Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized or 
  

 83 

 permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be
therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers
and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture
or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). 
  
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or its duly
designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue
of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of
its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof stating that any such amended or supplemental Indenture complies with this Section 9.02, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture
unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such
amended or supplemental indenture. 
  
 It shall not be necessary
for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair
or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes (including 
  

 84 

 Additional Notes, if any) may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this
Indenture, or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (a) reduce the percentage of principal amount at maturity of
Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  
 (b) reduce the principal or Accreted Value (or change the method of calculation of Accreted Value) of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions, or waive any payment, with respect to the
redemption of the Notes; 
  
 (c) reduce the rate
of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
  
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes (including Additional
Notes, if any) by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (e) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars; 
  
 (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture
relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes; 
  
 (g) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
  
 (h) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees; 
  
 (i) except as otherwise permitted under Section 4.19 or Article Five hereof, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Issuers or any
Guarantor of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture; 
  
 (j) amend or modify any of the provisions of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes or any Note Guarantee;
or 
  
 (k) make any change in the preceding
amendment and waiver provisions. 
  
 In addition, any amendment,
change or modification of the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control
Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 4.15, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto, shall require the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of Notes then outstanding. 
  

 85 

 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set
forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
  
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by
the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or
subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in
accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
  
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. 
  
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture or Note
authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture or Note until its Board
of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture or Note, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
  

 86 

 ARTICLE TEN 
 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] 
  
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] 
  
 ARTICLE TWELVE 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
  
 Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 
  
 This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when: 
  
 (a) either: 
  
 (i) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose
payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
  
 (ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a
notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders,
cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
  
 (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or
shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is
bound; 
  
 (c) the Company, ASG Finance or any
Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
  
 (d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment
of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
  

 87 

 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
  
 Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee shall pay to the Company from time to time upon its request any cash or Government Securities held by it as
provided in this Section 12.01 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to
be deposited to effect a satisfaction and discharge under this Article Twelve. 
  
 Section 12.02 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject to Section 12.03 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 12.02, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding
Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee
may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money shall be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
  
 Section 12.03 Repayment to the
Company. 
  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any
Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Liquidated Damages,
if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment
thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date
specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company. 
  
 ARTICLE THIRTEEN 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed
duties shall control. 
  

 88 

 Section 13.02 Notices. 
  
 Any notice or communication by the Company or any Guarantor, on the one
hand, or the Trustee, on the other hand, to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
delivery, to the others’ address: 
  
 If to the Company or
any Guarantor: 
  
 ASG Consolidated LLC 
 c/o American Seafoods Group LLC 
 Market Place
Tower 
 2025 First Avenue, Suite 1200 
 Seattle, WA 98121 
 Facsimile: (206) 374-1516 
 Attention: Matthew D. Latimer 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

 919 Third Avenue 
 New York, NY
10022 
 Facsimile: (212) 909-6836 
 Attention: Jeffrey J. Rosen 
  
 If to the Trustee:

  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT
06457 
 Telecopier No.: (860) 704-6219 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
  
 The Company, the
Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; when answered back, if telexed; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 Any
notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any
notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect
to other Holders. 
  

 89 

 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is
duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  
 If the
Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  
 Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to its rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  
 Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any
action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; 
  
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied; and 
  
 (c) where applicable, a certificate or opinion by an independent certified public accountant satisfactory to the Trustee that complies
with TIA § 314(c). 
  
 Section 13.05
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
  
 Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall
include: 
  
 (a) a statement that the Person
making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or
she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
  

 90 

 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been satisfied. 
  
 Section 13.06
Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
  
 The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
  
 Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.  

 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of
the Company, ASG Finance or any Guarantor (or of any holder of an Equity Interest in any of them), as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, any Note Guarantees or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The
waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
  
 Section 13.08 Governing Law. 
  
 THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 Section 13.09 Consent to Jurisdiction. 
  

Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related
Proceedings”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified
Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “Related Judgment”), as to which such
jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action
or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree
not to plead or claim in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. 
  
 Section 13.10 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  

 91 

 Section 13.11 Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its
successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05. 
  
 Section 13.12 Severability. 
  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 Section 13.13 Counterpart Originals. 
  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

  
 Section 13.14 Acts of Holders.

  
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in
writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or
instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing
appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company if made in the manner provided in this Section 13.14. 
  
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument
or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing
acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority.
The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.14,
the principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Holder, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.04 hereof. 
  

 92 

 (d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA § 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such resolution, which shall
be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.06
hereof and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the
Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the
Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. 
  
 (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind
every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefore or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company
in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
  
 (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or
by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. 
  
 Section 13.15 Benefit of Indenture. 
  
 Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Registrar
and its successors hereunder, and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 
  
 Section 13.16 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. 
  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted
for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 
  

 93 

 SIGNATURES 
  

			
	ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	Bernt O. Bodal
	Title:	 	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
	  
 ASG FINANCE, INC.

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	Bernt O. Bodal
	Title:	 	President

  

			
	 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

	

  
  

 EXHIBIT A1 
  

[Face of Note] 
  
 CUSIP 00210V AA 5 
  

			
	 No.             
	 	**$[            ]**

  
 ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC

 ASG FINANCE, INC. 
  
 11 1/2% Senior
Discount Notes due 2011 
  
 Issue Date:
October 19, 2004 
  
 ASG Consolidated LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the “Company”), and ASG Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“ASG Finance” and, together with the Company, collectively, the “Issuers”
and each individually, an “Issuer”, which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of one hundred
ninety six million dollars ($196,000,000) on November 1, 2011. 
  
 The following information is supplied for purposes of Sections 1273 and 1275 of the Internal Revenue Code: 
  

			
	Issue Date under the Internal Revenue Code:	 	 October 19, 2004

		
	 Yield to maturity for period from Issue/Closing Date to
 November 1, 2011:
	 	11 1/2%
		
	Original issue discount under Section 1273 of the Internal Revenue Code (for each $1,000 principal amount at Maturity Date):	 	$708.00
		
	Issue Price (for each $1,000 principal amount at Maturity Date):	 	$637.00
		
	Interest Payment Dates:	 	 May 1 and November 1

		
	Record Dates:	 	 April 15 and October 15

		
	Initial Payment Date:	 	 May 1, 2009.

  
 Reference is hereby
made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  

 A1-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly
authorized officers. 
  

			
	 ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 Bernt O. Bodal

	 Title:
	 	 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 Brad Bodenman

	 Title:
	 	 Chief Financial Officer

	
	 ASG FINANCE, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 Bernt O. Bodal

	 Title:
	 	 President

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 Brad Bodenman

	 Title:
	 	 Chief Financial Officer

  
 This is one of the 11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 described in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  
 Dated: 
  

			
	 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	Authorized Signatory

 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK
CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT
THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE
MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A
THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT: (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (i)(a) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN
“INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN
RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE 
  

 A1-2 

 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST), (ii) TO THE ISSUERS OR (iii)
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND (B) THE HOLDER SHALL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS
REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE. 
  

 A1-3 

 [Reverse Side of Note] 
  
 ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC 
 ASG FINANCE, INC. 
  
 11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
  
 1. Interest. The Issuers promise to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. The Notes shall bear interest at the rate per annum of 11 1/2%. Prior to November 1, 2008, interest shall accrue on the Notes in the form of an increase in the Accreted Value of the Notes on a semi-annual basis using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day
months, and no cash interest shall be paid. The Accreted Value of the Notes shall increase from the date of issuance until November 1, 2008, as follows: 
  

				
	 Semi-Annual Accrual Date

	  	Accreted Value

	 November 1, 2004
	  	$	639.38
	 May 1, 2005
	  	$	676.14
	 November 1, 2005
	  	$	715.02
	 May 1, 2006
	  	$	756.13
	 November 1, 2006
	  	$	799.61
	 May 1, 2007
	  	$	845.59
	 November 1, 2007
	  	$	894.21
	 May 1, 2008
	  	$	945.63
	 November 1, 2008
	  	$	1000.00

  
 Beginning on November
1, 2008, cash interest on the Notes shall accrue at the rate of 11 1/2% per annum and shall be payable
semiannually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), to Holders of record at the close of business on the April 15
or October 15 immediately preceding such interest payment dates, commencing, May 1, 2009; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face
hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers
shall pay Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in
excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from
time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  

 A1-4 

 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before
such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to Accreted Value, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the
Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders,
and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to Accreted Value of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall
have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

  
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity. 
  
 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes
under an Indenture dated as of October 19, 2004 (“Indenture”) among the Issuers and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture,
the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. These Notes are an obligation of the Issuers limited to $196,000,000 in aggregate principal amount at maturity. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an
unlimited principal amount at maturity of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder. 
  
 5. Optional Redemption. (a) Except as set forth in paragraph (b) below, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to November 1, 2008. On or after November 1, 2008, the Company may redeem
all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount at maturity) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2008
	  	105.750	%
	 2009
	  	102.875	%
	 2010 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) The Company may
not redeem the Notes prior to March 10, 2005. At any time thereafter and prior to November 1, 2007, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the 
  

 A1-5 

 aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 111.50% of the
Accreted Value at the redemption date, plus accrued and unpaid Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption, (excluding Notes held by either of the Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries); and (B) the redemption must occur within 45
days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
  
 6.
Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in paragraph 8 below, the Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 7. Selection and Notice of Redemption. If less than all of the Notes
are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption as follows: (i) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, or (ii) if the
Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. No Notes of $1,000 principal amount at maturity or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class
mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of
the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, Notes or
portions thereof called for redemption shall cease to accrete or accrue interest, as the case may be. 
  
 8. Repurchase at Option of Holder. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company
to repurchase all or any part (equal to a principal amount at maturity of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price in
cash equal to 101% of the Accreted Value of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any
Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier
than 45 days and no later than 75 days from the date such notice is mailed the (“Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. 
  
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sale,
within 365 days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to purchase an (“Asset Sale Offer”), pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture, to all Holders of
Notes and all holders of other pari passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal 
  

 A1-6 

 amount at maturity of Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The
offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the Accreted Value of the Notes purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds
remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the Accreted Value of the Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset
Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the Accreted Value of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
  
 9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount at maturity and
integral multiples thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not required to
transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders
of a majority in principal amount at maturity of then outstanding Notes, and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer
for, the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Definitive
Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or such Guarantor, to make
any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder (including but not limited to adding a Guarantor under the
Indenture and adding additional collateral for the benefit of Holders of the Notes) or to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or to release any
Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. 
  
 12. Defaults and Remedies. In the case of an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the 
  

 A1-7 

 Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, all unpaid Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company specifying the respective Event of Default. Upon any such declaration, all unpaid Accreted
Value of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately. 
  
 Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or
Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of Accreted Value or interest or Liquidated Damages) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event
of Default in the payment of interest or Liquidated Damages on, or the principal of, the Notes. 
  
 In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the
intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium shall also become and be
immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default occurs during any time that the Notes are outstanding, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on
behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes, then the premium specified in the Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the
Notes. 
  
 13. Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee,
in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 14. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee,
incorporator, member or stockholder of the Company, ASG Finance or any Guarantor (or any holder of an Equity Interest in any of them) as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantors under the Notes, the
Indenture, any Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, these obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases these individuals from this liability. The waiver and release are
part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

 A1-8 

 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of
the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 16. Additional
Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 19, 2004, between the Company, ASG Finance and Banc of America Securities LLC or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes
shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, between the Company, ASG Finance and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes (the
“Registration Rights Agreement”). 
  
 17.
CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon. 
  
 The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon
written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
  
 If to the Company or ASG Finance: 
  
 ASG Consolidated LLC 
 c/o American Seafoods
Group LLC 
 Market Place Tower 
 2025 First Avenue, Suite 1200 
 Seattle, WA 98121 
 Facsimile: (206) 448-0303 
 Attention: Matthew D. Latimer 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Debevoise & Plimpton LLP 
 919 Third Avenue 
 New York, NY 10022

 Facsimile: (212) 909-6836 
 Attention: Jeffrey R. Rosen 
  

 A1-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  

	
	 To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

	
	 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: __________________________________________________________________________

	 (Insert assignee’s legal name)

	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	 and irrevocably appoint __________________________________________________________________________________________

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

			
		
	 Date:                    
	  	 
	 	  	 Your Signature:________________________________

	 	  	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

	 Signature Guarantee*:___________________
	  	 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A1-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the
appropriate box below: 
  

			
	 ̈ Section 4.10    	 	          ̈ Section 4.15

  
 If you want to elect
to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

$                     
  
 Date:
                     
  

					
	 	 	 Your Signature:
	 	____________________________________________
	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
		
	 	 	 Tax Identification No.:
                    

  
 Signature Guarantee*:
                     

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A1-11 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of Decrease in
 Principal Amount at
Maturity
 of this Global Note

	 	 Amount of Increase in
 Principal Amount at
Maturity
 of this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount at
Maturity
 of this Global Note
 Following such
 decrease (or increase)

	  	 Signature of
 Authorized Officer
 of Trustee or
 Note Custodian

  

 A1-12 

 EXHIBIT A2 
  

[Face of Note] 
  
 CUSIP U04402 AA 8 
  

			
	No.             	 	**$[                ]**

  
 ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC

 ASG FINANCE, INC. 
  
 111⁄2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 
  
 Issue Date: October 19, 2004 
  
 ASG Consolidated LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and ASG Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company (“ASG Finance” and, together with the Company, collectively, the “Issuers” and each individually, an “Issuer”, which term includes any successor under the Indenture
hereinafter referred to), for value received, promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of zero dollars ($0) on November 1, 2011. 
  
 The following information is supplied for purposes of Sections 1273 and 1275 of the Internal Revenue Code: 
  

			
	Issue Date under the Internal Revenue Code:	 	October 19, 2004
		
	Yield to maturity for period from Issue/Closing Date to November 1, 2011:	 	111⁄2%
		
	Original issue discount under Section 1273 of the Internal Revenue Code (for each $1,000 principal amount at Maturity Date):	 	$708.00
		
	Issue Price (for each $1,000 principal amount at Maturity Date):	 	$637.00
		
	Interest Payment Dates:	 	May 1 and November 1
		
	Record Dates:	 	April 15 and October 15
		
	Initial Payment Date:	 	May 1, 2009.

  
 Reference is hereby
made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  

 A2-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly
authorized officers. 
  

			
	ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	ASG FINANCE, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  
 This is one of the 111⁄2%
Senior Discount Notes due 2011 described in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  
 Dated: 
  

			
	 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A2-2 

 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY,
A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE,
(III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE
CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE
PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON. 
  
 THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR)
EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF
THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT: (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (i)(a) TO A PERSON WHOM THE
SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN 
  

 A2-3 

 PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN
REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS
THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST), (ii) TO THE ISSUERS
OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND (B) THE HOLDER SHALL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT
HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE. 
  

 A2-4 

 [Reverse Side of Note] 
  
 ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC 
 ASG FINANCE, INC.

  
 111⁄2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 1.
Interest. The Issuers promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. The Notes shall bear interest at the rate per annum of 111⁄2%. Prior to November 1, 2008, interest shall
accrue on the Notes in the form of an increase in the Accreted Value of the Notes on a semi-annual basis using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months, and no cash interest shall be paid. The Accreted Value of the Notes shall increase from
the date of issuance until November 1, 2008, as follows: 
  

				
	 Semi-Annual Accrual Date

	  	Accreted Value

	 November 1, 2004
	  	$	639.38
	 May 1, 2005
	  	$	676.14
	 November 1, 2005
	  	$	715.02
	 May 1, 2006
	  	$	756.13
	 November 1, 2006
	  	$	799.61
	 May 1, 2007
	  	$	845.59
	 November 1, 2007
	  	$	894.21
	 May 1, 2008
	  	$	945.63
	 November 1, 2008
	  	$	1000.00

  
 Beginning on November
1, 2008, cash interest on the Notes shall accrue at the rate of 111⁄2% per annum and shall be payable semiannually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day
(each, an “Interest Payment Date”), to Holders of record at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding such interest payment dates, commencing May 1, 2009; provided that if there is no existing Default in the
payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to
Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers shall pay Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

  

 A2-5 

 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before
such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to Accreted Value, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the
Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders,
and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to Accreted Value of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall
have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

  
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity. 
  
 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes
under an Indenture dated as of October 19, 2004 (“Indenture”) among the Issuers and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture,
the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. These Notes are an obligation of the Issuers limited to $196,000,000 in aggregate principal amount at maturity. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an
unlimited principal amount at maturity of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder. 
  
 5. Optional Redemption. (a) Except as set forth in paragraph (b) below, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to November 1, 2008. On or after November 1, 2008, the Company may redeem
all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount at maturity) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2008
	  	105.750	%
	 2009
	  	102.875	%
	 2010 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) The Company may
not redeem the Notes prior to March 10, 2005. At any time thereafter and prior to November 1, 2007, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the 
  

 A2-6 

 aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 111.50% of the
Accreted Value at the redemption date, plus accrued and unpaid Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption, (excluding Notes held by either of the Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries); and (B) the redemption must occur within 45
days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
  
 6.
Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in paragraph 8 below, the Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 7. Selection and Notice of Redemption. If less than all of the Notes
are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption as follows: (i) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, or (ii) if the
Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. No Notes of $1,000 principal amount at maturity or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class
mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of
the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, Notes or
portions thereof called for redemption shall cease to accrete or accrue interest, as the case may be. 
  
 8. Repurchase at Option of Holder. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company
to repurchase all or any part (equal to a principal amount at maturity of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price in
cash equal to 101% of the Accreted Value of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any
Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier
than 45 days and no later than 75 days from the date such notice is mailed the (“Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. 
  
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sale,
within 365 days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to purchase an (“Asset Sale Offer”), pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture, to all Holders of
Notes and all holders of other pari passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal 
  

 A2-7 

 amount at maturity of Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The
offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the Accreted Value of the Notes purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds
remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the Accreted Value of the Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset
Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the Accreted Value of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
  
 9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount at maturity and
integral multiples thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not required to
transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders
of a majority in principal amount at maturity of then outstanding Notes, and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer
for, the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Definitive
Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or such Guarantor, to make
any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder (including but not limited to adding a Guarantor under the
Indenture and adding additional collateral for the benefit of Holders of the Notes) or to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or to release any
Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. 
  
 12. Defaults and Remedies. In the case of an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the 
  

 A2-8 

 Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, all unpaid Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company specifying the respective Event of Default. Upon any such declaration, all unpaid Accreted
Value of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately. 
  
 Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or
Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of Accreted Value or interest or Liquidated Damages) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event
of Default in the payment of interest or Liquidated Damages on, or the principal of, the Notes. 
  
 In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the
intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium shall also become and be
immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default occurs during any time that the Notes are outstanding, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on
behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes, then the premium specified in the Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the
Notes. 
  
 13. Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee,
in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 14. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee,
incorporator, member or stockholder of the Company, ASG Finance or any Guarantor (or any holder of an Equity Interest in any of them) as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantors under the Notes, the
Indenture, any Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, these obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases these individuals from this liability. The waiver and release are
part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

 A2-9 

 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of
the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 16. Additional
Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 19, 2004, between the Company, ASG Finance and Banc of America Securities LLC or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes
shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, between the Company, ASG Finance and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes (the
“Registration Rights Agreement”). 
  
 17.
CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon. 
  
 The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon
written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
  
 If to the Company or ASG Finance: 
  
 ASG Consolidated LLC 
 c/o American Seafoods
Group LLC 
 Market Place Tower 
 2025 First Avenue, Suite 1200 
 Seattle, WA 98121 
 Facsimile: (206) 448-0303 
 Attention: Matthew D. Latimer 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Debevoise & Plimpton LLP 
 919 Third Avenue 
 New York, NY 10022

 Facsimile: (212) 909-6836 
 Attention: Jeffrey R. Rosen 
  

 A2-10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  

	
	 To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

	
	 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: __________________________________________________________________________

	 (Insert assignee’s legal name)

	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	
	 _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	 and irrevocably appoint __________________________________________________________________________________________

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

			
		
	 Date:                    
	  	 
	 	  	 Your Signature:________________________________

	 	  	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

	 Signature Guarantee*:___________________
	  	 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A2-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the
appropriate box below: 
  

			
	 ̈ Section 4.10	 	 ̈ Section 4.15

  
 If you want to elect
to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

$                        

  
 Date:
                      
  

			
	 Your Signature:
	 	____________________________________________
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	
	 Tax Identification No.:
                    

  
 Signature Guarantee*:
                                       
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A2-12 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note
for an interest in another Global Note or of other Restricted Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of Decrease in
 Principal Amount at
 Maturity
 of this Global Note

	 	 Amount of Increase in
 Principal Amount at
 Maturity
 of this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount at
Maturity
 of this Global Note
 Following such
 decrease (or increase)

	  	 Signature of
 Authorized Officer
 of Trustee or
 Note Custodian

  
  

 A2-13 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 ASG Consolidated LLC 
 c/o American Seafoods Group LLC 
 Market Place Tower 
 2025 First Avenue, Suite 1200 
 Seattle, WA 98121 
 Facsimile: (206) 448-0303 
 Attention: Matthew D. Latimer 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457 
 Telecopier No.: (860) 704-6219 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
  
 Re: 111⁄2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among ASG Consolidated LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the “Company”), ASG Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“ASG Finance” and, together with the Company, collectively, the “Issuers” and
each individually, an “Issuer”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                                  (the “Transferor”) owns
and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount at maturity of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to                                  (the
“Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
  
 1. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer
is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest
or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person
exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the 
  

 B-1 

 United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any
Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such
Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of
Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted
Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and/or the Definitive Note
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 3. Check and
complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected
in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a) such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (b) such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
  
 or 
  
 (c) such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act
and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 
  

 B-2 

 4. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or
of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  
 (a) Check if
Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the
proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (b) Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the
Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (c) Check if Transfer is pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and
(ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained
herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  
 Dated:
                     
  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  
 [CHECK ONE OF (A) OR (B)] 
  
 (A) a beneficial interest in the: 
  
 (i) 144A Global Note (CUSIP 00210V AA 5); or 
  
 (ii) Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U04402 AA 8); or 
  
 (B) a Restricted Definitive Note. 
  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  
 (A) a beneficial interest in the: 
  
 (i) 144A Global Note (CUSIP 00210V AA 5); or 
  
 (ii) Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U04402 AA 8); or 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP 00210 V AB 3); or 
  
 (B) a Restricted Definitive Note; or 
  
 (C) an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 
  
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  
  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 ASG Consolidated LLC 
 c/o American Seafoods Group LLC 
 Market Place Tower 
 2025 First Avenue, Suite 1200 
 Seattle, WA 98121 
 Facsimile: (206) 448-0303 
 Attention: Matthew D. Latimer 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457 
 Telecopier No.: (860) 704-6219 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
  
 Re: 111⁄2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among ASG Consolidated LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the “Company”), ASG Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“ASG Finance” and, together with the Company, collectively, the “Issuers” and
each individually, an “Issuer”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                                  (the “Owner”) owns and
proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount at maturity of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a) Check if
Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  

 C-1 

 (b) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s
own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States. 
  
 (c) Check if Exchange is from
Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (d) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a
Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
  
 (A) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the
Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the
Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 C-2 

 (B) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ Restricted Global Note with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has
been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant
Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  
 Dated:
                     
  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO
BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
  
 Supplemental
Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                                , among
                                 (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”),
a subsidiary of ASG Consolidated LLC (or its permitted successor), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), ASG Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“ASG
Finance” and together with the Company, collectively, the “Issuers” and each an “Issuer”), [the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein)] and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
  
 W I T N E S S E T H 
  
 WHEREAS,
the Company and ASG Finance have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of October 19, 2004 providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $196.0 million of
111⁄2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (the “Notes”); 
  
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall
unconditionally guarantee all of the obligations of the Issuers under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
  
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental
Indenture. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing
and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

 
 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without
definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
  
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows: 
  
 (a) Along with any and all other Guarantors, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by
the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: 
  
 (i) the Accreted Value of and interest on the Notes will be
promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or 
  

 D-1 

 otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all
other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
  
 (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal
of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due
of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This Note Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. 

 
 (b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery
of any judgment against the Companies, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. 
  
 (c) Subject to Section 6.06 of the Indenture, the following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand
of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 
  
 (d) The Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture. 
  
 (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any Custodian,
Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect. 
  
 (f) The Guaranteeing
Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. 
  
 (g) As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the
Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due
and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. 
  

 D-2 

 (h) Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it
is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any
similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor shall not, after giving
effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf
of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 3. [Intentionally Omitted]. 
  
 4. Execution and Delivery. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that
the Note Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
  
 5. Guaranteeing Subsidiary May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.19 of the Indenture, a Guarantor may
not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless either:

  
 (1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (2) either (a) the
Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is a corporation or limited liability company, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or 
  
 (b) such sale or other disposition complies with Section
4.10, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom. 
  
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee
endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by a Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for a Guarantor with the same effect as
if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company

  

 D-3 

 and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and
benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
  
 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding
clauses (1) and (2) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of
a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
  
 6. Releases. 
  
 (a) Any Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee (i) in connection with any sale of Capital Stock of a
Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) an Affiliate of the Company, in compliance with either clause (1) or clause (2) of the first paragraph of Section 4.16 of the Indenture; (ii) if the Company
properly designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or (iii) upon legal defeasance of the Company’s and all Guarantors’ obligations pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Indenture or upon satisfaction
and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the
Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under
its Note Guarantee. 
  
 (b) Any Guarantor not released from its
obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under the Indenture. 
  
 7. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member,
stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (or any holder of an Equity Interest in the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note
Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
  
 8. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

 D-4 

 9. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 10. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
  
 11. Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or
sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 
  
 * * * * * * * * 
  

 D-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and
attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  
 Dated:
                    ,              
  

			
	Guaranteeing Subsidiary
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	ASG FINANCE, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
	 AS TRUSTEE

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  

 D-6Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2004

 Exhibit 4.3 
  

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 by and among 
  
 ASG Consolidated LLC, 
  
 ASG Finance Inc., 
  
 and

  
 Banc of America Securities LLC 
  
 and Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
  
 Dated as of October 19, 2004 

 Registration Rights Agreement 
  
 This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of October 19, 2004, by
and among ASG Consolidated LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ASG LLC”), ASG Finance Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of ASG LLC (“ASG Inc.” and, together with LLC, collectively, the
“Companies”) and Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (each an “Initial Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), each of whom has agreed to purchase the
Companies’ 11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (the “Initial Notes”) pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement (as defined below). 
  
 This Agreement
is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2004 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Companies, and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of each Initial Purchaser and (ii) for the benefit of
the holders from time to time of the Notes (including the Initial Purchasers). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Notes, the Companies have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The
execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(g) of the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 The parties hereby agree as follows: 
  
 Section 1. Definitions 
  
 As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 
  
 Advice: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof.

  
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer
registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act. 
  
 Closing Date: The date of this Agreement. 
  
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for the purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of all
of the following: (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement
continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Companies to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes
in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
  

Consummation Deadline: As defined in Section 3(b) hereof. 
  
 Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5. 
  
 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. 
  

			
	1	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 Exchange Notes: The 11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Notes, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted
Securities pursuant to this Agreement and the related guarantees. 
  
 Exchange Offer: The registration by the Companies under the Securities Act of the Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Companies offer the Holders of all outstanding
Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer
Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders. 
  
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 
  
 Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Initial Notes to
any of the following: (i) certain “qualified institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act; (ii) non-U.S. persons, in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; and (iii) certain
institutional “accredited investors,” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of the Securities Act, respectively. 
  
 Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof. 
  
 Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of October 19,
2004, among ASG LLC, ASG Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Notes are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with
its terms. 
  
 Initial Purchaser(s): As
defined in the preamble hereto. 
  
 Initial
Notes: The 11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2011, of the same series under the Indenture as the Exchange
Notes, for so long as such securities constitute Transfer Restricted Securities and the related guarantees. 
  
 Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Companies of the Initial Notes to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement. 
  
 NASD: The National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 
  
 Notes: The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes. 
  
 Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  
 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any
prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
  
 Purchase Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
  

			
	2	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 Registrar: As defined in the Indenture. 
  
 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

  
 Registration Statement: Any
registration statement of the Companies relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

  
 Requesting Holders: As defined in
Section 6(c)(x) hereof. 
  
 Securities
Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4 hereof. 
  
 Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4 hereof. 
  
 Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture. 
  
 Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Note,
until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer and entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Initial Note is distributed to the public pursuant
to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein). 
  
 Underwritten Registration or Underwritten
Offering: A registration in which securities of the Companies are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 
  
 Section 2. Securities Subject To This Agreement 
  
 (a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities. 

 
 (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed
to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 
  
 Section 3. Registered Exchange Offer 
  
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) below
have been complied with), the Companies shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission not later than 180 days after the Closing Date, a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use
their reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective not later than 210 days after the Closing Date, (iii) in connection with the foregoing (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may
be necessary in order to cause such Registration 
  

			
	3	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 Statement to become effective, (B) file, if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement
pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Notes to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit
Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence and Consummate the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Notes to be
offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Notes held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) below. 
  
 (b) The Companies shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period
of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 days after the date notice of the Exchange
Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Companies shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The
Companies shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 45 days after the
effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  
 (c) The Companies shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Notes that are Transfer
Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Companies), may exchange such Initial Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such
“Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Notes held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.

  
 The Companies shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) below to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes acquired by Broker-Dealers for
their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced
from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in
connection with market-making or other trading activities; provided, however, that any such Broker-Dealer desiring the Companies to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective shall notify the Companies in
writing that such Broker-Dealer acquired Exchange Notes as a result of market-making or other similar activities such that the Broker-Dealer would be required to deliver a prospectus under the Securities Act upon a subsequent sale or other
disposition of the Exchange Notes. 
  

			
	4	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 The Companies shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers
promptly upon their reasonable request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales. 
  
 Section 4. Shelf Registration 
  
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Companies are not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer
because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) below have been complied with), or (ii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have notified the Companies
in writing prior to the 20th day following Consummation of the Exchange Offer that (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes
acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is
a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Notes acquired directly from the Companies then, upon such Holder’s request, the Companies shall 
  
 (x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) on or prior to the earliest to occur of (1) the 30th day after the date on which the Companies determine that they are not required to file
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and (2) the 30th day after the date on which the Companies receive notice from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities as contemplated by clause (ii) above (such earliest date being the “Shelf
Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof; and 
  
 (y) use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf
Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the later of (1) the 210th day after the Closing Date or (2) the 45th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline. 
  
 (b) The Companies shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the
extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the
Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of two years following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the
Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or are no longer restricted securities (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act)). 
  
 (c) No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its
Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Companies in writing, within 20 days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Companies
may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall be entitled to Liquidated Damages pursuant to Section 5
unless and until such Holder shall have provided all such information. By acquiring the Initial Notes each Holder agrees to provide the indemnity set forth in Section 8(b) hereof with respect to the information such Holder furnishes to the Companies
in writing expressly for use in any Shelf Registration Statement. The Companies shall not be obligated to 
  

			
	5	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 supplement such Shelf Registration Statement after it has been declared effective by the Commission more than one time
quarterly solely to reflect additional Holders. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Companies all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information
previously furnished to the Companies by such Holder not materially misleading. 
  
 Section 5. Liquidated Damages 
  
 If (i) any of
the Registration Statements required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) any of such Registration Statements has not been declared effective by the Commission
on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “Effectiveness Target Date”), (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 45 days after the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iv) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded
within two business days by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself promptly declared effective; provided, that with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement that the Companies are
required to keep effective pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Companies may suspend such Shelf Registration Statement in excess of the periods set forth in (iv) above so long as such suspensions do not exceed 30 days in the aggregate in any
consecutive twelve-month period (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Companies hereby jointly and severally agree to pay each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities affected
thereby liquidated damages (“Liquidated Damages”) during the period of one or more Registration Defaults in an amount equal to the product of one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum and the principal amounts of the Transfer
Restricted Securities held by such Holder during the 120 day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default, with the rate used to calculate such amount increasing by an additional one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per
annum on the principal amounts of such Transfer Restricted Securities at the end of each subsequent 90 day period that any Liquidated Damages continue to accrue, but in no event shall the rate at which Liquidated Damages accrue exceed one percent
(1.00%) per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, the accrual of Liquidated Damages payable with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities as a result of this paragraph
shall cease. 
  
 Accrued Liquidated Damages shall be paid to
Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on each Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Notes. All obligations of the Companies set forth in the preceding
paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Note shall have been
satisfied in full. 
  
 Section 6. Registration Procedures 
  
 (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the
Exchange Offer, the Companies shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) below, shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the
intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions: 
  
 (i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Companies there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, the
Companies hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Companies to Consummate an 
  

			
	6	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 Exchange Offer for such Initial Notes. The Companies each hereby agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the
Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. The Companies each hereby agree, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B)
deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Companies setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable
resolution by the Commission staff of such submission. 
  
 (ii) As
a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Companies, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written
representation to the Companies (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of either of the Companies, (B) it is not engaged in, and
does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of
business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Companies’ preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder
using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in
Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action
letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that
such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Notes
obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Notes acquired by such Holder directly from the Companies. 
  
 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Companies shall comply with all the provisions of
Section 6(c) below and shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant
thereto the Companies will as expeditiously as practicable prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the
Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. 
  
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of
Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Notes by Broker-Dealers), each of the Companies shall: 
  
 (i) use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement
continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus
contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Companies shall file promptly an appropriate
amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of 
  

			
	7	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 either clause (A) or (B), use its reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such
Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter; 
  
 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the
Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold;
cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the
Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or
methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 
  
 (iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when
the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission
for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the
preceding purposes, and (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated
by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Prospectus
in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state
securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Companies shall use their
reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 
  
 (iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Shelf Registration Statement and each of the
underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents
incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five business days,
and the Companies will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial Purchaser or
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall object, in their reasonable judgment, in writing within five business days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed
timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser, a Holder or the underwriter(s), if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or
supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission; 
  

			
	8	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 (v) with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement, promptly prior to the filing of any document that is
to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Companies’ representatives
available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request; 
  
 (vi) with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement, make available, subject
to appropriate confidentiality agreements, at reasonable times for inspection by each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any
attorney or accountant retained by such selling Holder, managing underwriter or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents of the Companies and cause the Companies’ officers, directors and
employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness; 
  
 (vii) with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement, if requested by selling
Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such Holders and to the underwriter(s), if any, may
reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted
Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement
or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Companies are notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
  
 (viii) with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement, furnish to each selling Holder and to each of the underwriter(s), if
any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits
(including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 
  
 (ix)
with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement, deliver to each selling Holder and to each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement
thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Companies hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and to each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the
offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, subject to compliance by such Holder with the final paragraph of this Section; 
  
 (x) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, upon request of Holders
who collectively hold an aggregate principal amount of Notes in excess of 20% of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (the “Requesting Holders”) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting
agreement), and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement,
all to such extent as may be requested by any Requesting Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or 
  

			
	9	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 resale pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and
whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, the Companies shall: 
  
 (A) upon request of any Requesting Holder furnish (or in the case of paragraphs (2) and (3) below, use their reasonable best efforts to
cause to be furnished) each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date
of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement: 
  
 (1) a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Companies,
confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5 (e) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may request in their reasonable judgment; 
  
 (2) an opinion, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement, of counsel for the Companies, covering the matters set forth in of Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may request in their reasonable judgment, and in any event including a statement
to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Companies, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Companies, the Initial Purchasers’ representatives and the
Initial Purchasers’ counsel in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel
has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the
applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date and contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently
verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in a Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus; and 
  
 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement from the Companies’ independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten
offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement, subject to the same conditions with respect thereto and to the delivery thereof; 
  
 (B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be
requested by such parties, in their reasonable judgment, to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Companies pursuant to this clause
(xi), if any. 
  

			
	10	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 If at any time the representations and warranties of the Companies contemplated in clause (A)(1) above
cease to be true and correct, the Companies, as the case may be, shall so advise each Initial Purchaser and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;

  
 (xi) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted
Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such
jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s) may reasonably request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither of the Companies shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process
in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 
  

(xii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Notes, having an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes surrendered to the Companies by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Notes to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name
of the purchaser(s) of such Notes, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Notes held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Companies for cancellation; 
  

(xiii) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may
request at least two business days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such underwriter(s); 
  
 (xiv) use its best efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such
other U.S. federal, state or local governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the
proviso contained in clause (xii) above; 
  
 (xv) if any fact or
event contemplated by Section 6 (c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other
required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading; 
  
 (xvi) provide a CUSIP number for all
Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with
the Depositary Trust Company; 
  
 (xvii) cooperate and assist in
any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the NASD, and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and approved by such U.S. federal, state or local governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders selling
Transfer Restricted Securities to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities; 
  

			
	11	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 (xviii) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the
Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any
fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Companies’ first
fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement; 
  
 (xix) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with
the Trustee and the Holders of Notes to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute and use its best efforts to cause the Trustee
to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 
  
 (xx) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with
the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act if not obtainable from the Commission. 
  
 (d) Restrictions on Holders. Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the
Companies of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such
Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xv) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Companies that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed,
and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Companies, each Holder will deliver to the Companies (at the Companies’ expense) all copies, other
than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Companies shall give any such notice, the time
period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to
Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xv) hereof or shall have
received the Advice; however, no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether any Liquidated Damages are due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Liquidated Damages, it being agreed that the Companies’ option
to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph for more than 5 business days shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5. 
  
 Section 7. Registration Expenses 
  
 (a) All expenses incident to the Companies’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Companies, regardless of whether a
Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of
printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and 
  

			
	12	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for
the Companies and, subject to Section 7(b) below, one counsel for the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities chosen by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection
with listing the Exchange Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof, (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Companies (including the
expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance); and (vii) all fees and expenses relating to the qualification of the Indenture under the applicable securities laws. 
  
 The Companies will, in any event, bear their internal expenses (including,
without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Companies.

  
 (b) In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement
required by this Agreement, the Companies will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more
than one counsel, who shall be Shearman & Sterling LLP unless another firm shall be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

  
 Section 8. Indemnification 
  
 (a) The Companies, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold
harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred
to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter
be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including without limitation and as incurred,
reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including
the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with (x) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading or (y) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or
alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Companies by any of the Holders expressly for use therein provided, however, that
the Companies will not be liable to any Initial Purchaser, Holder (in its capacity as Holder) or underwriter (or any person who controls such party within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) with
respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in any preliminary Prospectus to the extent that the Companies shall sustain the burden of proving that any such loss, liability,
claim, damage or expense resulted from the fact that such Initial Purchaser, Holder (in its capacity as Holder), or underwriter, as the case may be, sold Transfer Restricted Securities 
  

			
	13	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 to a Person to whom such Initial Purchaser, Holder (in its capacity as Holder) or underwriter, as the case may be, failed
to send or give, at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of such Securities a copy of the final Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) if the Companies have previously furnished copies thereof (sufficiently in advance of the closing of such
sale to allow for distribution of the final Prospectus in a timely manner) to such Initial Purchaser, Holder (in its capacity as Holder) or underwriter, as the case may be, and the loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Initial Purchaser,
Holder (in its capacity as Holder) or underwriter, as the case may be, resulted solely from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of a material fact contained in or omitted from such preliminary Prospectus
which was corrected in the final Prospectus. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Companies may otherwise have. 
  
 In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the
Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Companies, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Companies in writing (provided,
however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Companies of their respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement). The Companies shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the
Companies’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and the Companies agree to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any
settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Companies. The Companies shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to
terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise,
consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding. This indemnity will be in addition to any liability that the Companies may otherwise
have under this Agreement. 
  
 (b) Each Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Companies and their directors and officers who sign a Registration Statement, and any person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Companies and officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Companies to each of the Indemnified Holders,
but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Companies by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against
the Companies or their directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given to the Companies or their
directors or officers or such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the
proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. This indemnity will be in addition to any liability that the Holders may otherwise have under this Agreement. 
  
 (c) In case any action is brought against any indemnified party and such
indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by
written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party in its reasonable judgment;
provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both the 
  

			
	14	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have concluded in its reasonable judgment
that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different
from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of
such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the
indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have
employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel),
approved by the indemnifying party, representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party, in its reasonable judgment, to represent
the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party. 
  
 (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to
an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each
applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Companies, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Companies shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds from
the Initial Placement as set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum), the amount of Liquidated Damages which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, judgments actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Companies on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Companies on the one hand and of the Indemnified
Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Companies or by the Indemnified Holder and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with
investigating or defending any action or claim. 
  
 The Companies
and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or
by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim. 
  

			
	15	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be
required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the proceeds received by any such Holder upon the sale of the Initial Notes exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay
by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who
was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by each of the Holders
hereunder and not joint. 
  
 Section 9. Rule 144A 
  
 The Companies each hereby agree with each Holder, for so long as any
Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, and during any period the Companies (i) are not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in
connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A, and (ii) are subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make all filings required thereunder in a timely manner in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities
pursuant to Rule 144A. 
  
 Section 10. Participation In Underwritten
Registrations 
  
 No Holder may participate in any
Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the terms hereof and (b) completes and executes all
reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
  
 Section 11. Selection Of Underwriters 
  
 The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities
in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Companies and provided, further, that such Holders shall be responsible for all
underwriting commissions and discounts in connection therewith. 
  
 Section 12.
Miscellaneous 
  
 (a) Remedies. The Companies each
hereby agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at
law would be adequate. 
  
 (b) No Inconsistent Agreements.
The Companies will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
Other than 
  

			
	16	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 this Agreement, neither of the Companies has entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to
its securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of either of the Companies’ securities under any agreement in effect on
the date hereof. 
  
 (c) Adjustments Affecting the Notes.
The Companies will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Notes that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 
  
 (d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not
be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Companies have obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of
Transfer Restricted Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that
does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted
Securities being tendered or registered; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Companies shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial
Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective. 
  
 (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
  
 (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and

  
 (ii) if to the Companies: 
  
 ASG Consolidated LLC 
 c/o American Seafoods Group LLC 
 Market Place Tower 
 2025 First Avenue, Suite 1200 
 Seattle, WA 98121 
 Facsimile: (206) 374-1516 
 Attention: Matthew D. Latimer 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 Debevoise & Plimpton LLP 
 919 Third Avenue 
 New York, NY 10022 
 Facsimile: (212) 909-6836 
 Attention: Jeffrey J. Rosen 
  
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days
after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if facsimiled; and on the next business day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
  

			
	17	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person
giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
  
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express
assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign
acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder. 
  
 (g)
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute
one and the same agreement. 
  
 (h) Headings. The headings
in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
  
 (i) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF. 
  
 (j) Severability.
In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect
and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Purchase Agreement, and together with, the DTC Letter of Representations, the Securities, the Indenture and the New Senior Secured Credit Facilities (each
as defined in the Purchase Agreement) is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter
contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Companies with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities.
This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 
  

			
	18	 	American Seafoods Registration Rights Agreement

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

			
	ASG CONSOLIDATED LLC
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 Bernt O. Bodal

	 Title:
	 	 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

	
	ASG FINANCE INC.
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 Bernt O. Bodal

	 Title:
	 	 President

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above
written. 
  

			
	 Banc of America Securities LLC

	 Goldman Sachs & Co.

	
	 By: Banc of America Securities LLC

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 James G. Rose

	 Title:
	 	 Managing Director

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00081-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00081-of-00352.parquet"}]]